1 | #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H |
2 | #define __LINUX_NL80211_H |
3 | /* |
4 | * 802.11 netlink interface public header |
5 | * |
6 | * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
7 | * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
8 | * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
9 | * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> |
10 | * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
11 | * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
12 | * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> |
13 | * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
14 | * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation |
15 | * |
16 | * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any |
17 | * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above |
18 | * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. |
19 | * |
20 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES |
21 | * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF |
22 | * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR |
23 | * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES |
24 | * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN |
25 | * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF |
26 | * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
27 | * |
28 | */ |
29 | |
30 | /* |
31 | * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please |
32 | * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so |
33 | * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. |
34 | * |
35 | * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in |
36 | * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there |
37 | * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are |
38 | * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API |
39 | * can actually be identified and removed. |
40 | * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. |
41 | */ |
42 | |
43 | #include <linux/types.h> |
44 | |
45 | #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" |
46 | |
47 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" |
48 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" |
49 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" |
50 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" |
51 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" |
52 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" |
53 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" |
54 | |
55 | #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 |
56 | #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 |
57 | #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 |
58 | #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ |
59 | |
60 | /** |
61 | * DOC: Station handling |
62 | * |
63 | * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN |
64 | * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved |
65 | * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). |
66 | * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added |
67 | * to. |
68 | * |
69 | * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's |
70 | * capabilities. |
71 | * |
72 | * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS |
73 | * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: |
74 | * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate |
75 | * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions |
76 | * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid |
77 | * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same |
78 | * time mark it authorized. |
79 | * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used |
80 | * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down |
81 | * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) |
82 | * |
83 | * TODO: need more info for other interface types |
84 | */ |
85 | |
86 | /** |
87 | * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support |
88 | * |
89 | * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace |
90 | * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames |
91 | * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, |
92 | * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel |
93 | * for various reasons. |
94 | * |
95 | * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations |
96 | * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to |
97 | * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a |
98 | * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those |
99 | * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the |
100 | * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility |
101 | * for doing that. |
102 | * |
103 | * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the |
104 | * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy |
105 | * attributes so applications know what to expect. |
106 | * |
107 | * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, |
108 | * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is |
109 | * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can |
110 | * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but |
111 | * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they |
112 | * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. |
113 | * |
114 | * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required |
115 | * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, |
116 | * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its |
117 | * status is indicated to the sending socket. |
118 | * |
119 | * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions |
120 | * below. |
121 | */ |
122 | |
123 | /** |
124 | * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities |
125 | * |
126 | * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have |
127 | * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this |
128 | * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions |
129 | * on the types of concurrency that are supported. |
130 | * |
131 | * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in |
132 | * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the |
133 | * types there no concurrency is implied. |
134 | * |
135 | * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: |
136 | * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in |
137 | * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's |
138 | * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and |
139 | * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN |
140 | * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list |
141 | * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. |
142 | * |
143 | * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is |
144 | * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, |
145 | * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the |
146 | * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of |
147 | * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions |
148 | * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported |
149 | * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially |
150 | * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
151 | * |
152 | * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual |
153 | * interfaces that a given device supports. |
154 | */ |
155 | |
156 | /** |
157 | * DOC: packet coalesce support |
158 | * |
159 | * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast |
160 | * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the |
161 | * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing |
162 | * and power consumption. |
163 | * |
164 | * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts |
165 | * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some |
166 | * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the |
167 | * following events occurs. |
168 | * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum |
169 | * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. |
170 | * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. |
171 | * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. |
172 | * |
173 | * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce |
174 | * rule. |
175 | * a) Maximum coalescing delay |
176 | * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched |
177 | * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' |
178 | * Multiple such rules can be created. |
179 | */ |
180 | |
181 | /** |
182 | * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload |
183 | * |
184 | * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers |
185 | * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 |
186 | * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
187 | * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers |
188 | * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no |
189 | * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does |
190 | * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. |
191 | * |
192 | * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be |
193 | * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL |
194 | * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to |
195 | * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have |
196 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this |
197 | * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is |
198 | * not present. |
199 | * |
200 | * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers |
201 | * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 |
202 | * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP |
203 | * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers |
204 | * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no |
205 | * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does |
206 | * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. |
207 | * |
208 | * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK |
209 | * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also |
210 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. |
211 | */ |
212 | |
213 | /** |
214 | * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload |
215 | * |
216 | * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by |
217 | * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support |
218 | * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the |
219 | * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and |
220 | * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional |
221 | * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in |
222 | * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. |
223 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai |
224 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai |
225 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message |
226 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK |
227 | * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and |
228 | * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. |
229 | * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used |
230 | * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. |
231 | * |
232 | * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the |
233 | * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting |
234 | * up a connection or after roaming. |
235 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal |
236 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges |
237 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated |
238 | * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace |
239 | * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used |
240 | * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. |
241 | * |
242 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS |
243 | * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the |
244 | * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and |
245 | * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based |
246 | * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with |
247 | * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to |
248 | * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. |
249 | */ |
250 | |
251 | /** |
252 | * DOC: SAE authentication offload |
253 | * |
254 | * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they |
255 | * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station |
256 | * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by |
257 | * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. |
258 | * |
259 | * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in |
260 | * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode |
261 | * respectively. |
262 | */ |
263 | |
264 | /** |
265 | * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs |
266 | * |
267 | * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they |
268 | * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a |
269 | * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs |
270 | * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet |
271 | * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are |
272 | * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through |
273 | * that main netdev. |
274 | * |
275 | * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and |
276 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using |
277 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. |
278 | */ |
279 | |
280 | /** |
281 | * DOC: TID configuration |
282 | * |
283 | * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG |
284 | * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. |
285 | * |
286 | * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in |
287 | * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the |
288 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. |
289 | * |
290 | * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC |
291 | * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the |
292 | * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except |
293 | * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if |
294 | * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values |
295 | * will be overwritten. |
296 | * |
297 | * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, |
298 | * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back |
299 | * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when |
300 | * the interface goes down. |
301 | */ |
302 | |
303 | /** |
304 | * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload |
305 | * |
306 | * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. |
307 | * |
308 | * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting |
309 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support |
310 | * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt |
311 | * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. |
312 | * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. |
313 | * |
314 | * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the |
315 | * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association |
316 | * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters |
317 | * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. |
318 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA |
319 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption |
320 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption |
321 | * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) |
322 | * |
323 | * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. |
324 | */ |
325 | |
326 | /** |
327 | * DOC: Multi-Link Operation |
328 | * |
329 | * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple |
330 | * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need |
331 | * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. |
332 | * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link |
333 | * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to |
334 | * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. |
335 | */ |
336 | |
337 | /** |
338 | * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload |
339 | * |
340 | * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate |
341 | * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is |
342 | * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and |
343 | * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. |
344 | */ |
345 | |
346 | /** |
347 | * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands |
348 | * |
349 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors |
350 | * |
351 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request |
352 | * to get a list of all present wiphys. |
353 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or |
354 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
355 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, |
356 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the |
357 | * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), |
358 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, |
359 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or |
360 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, |
361 | * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward |
362 | * compatibility only. |
363 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request |
364 | * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and |
365 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
366 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes |
367 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
368 | * |
369 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; |
370 | * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a |
371 | * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. |
372 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires |
373 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. |
374 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response |
375 | * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
376 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also |
377 | * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, |
378 | * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and |
379 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. |
380 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes |
381 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from |
382 | * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires |
383 | * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are |
384 | * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, |
385 | * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all |
386 | * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. |
387 | * |
388 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified |
389 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
390 | * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, |
391 | * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. |
392 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
393 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. |
394 | * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by |
395 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. |
396 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
397 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
398 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents |
399 | * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO |
400 | * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. |
401 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX |
402 | * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address |
403 | * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by |
404 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. |
405 | * |
406 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) |
407 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface |
408 | * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL |
409 | * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses |
410 | * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
411 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. |
412 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters |
413 | * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that |
414 | * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
415 | * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
416 | * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, |
417 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
418 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
419 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
420 | * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. |
421 | * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the |
422 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the |
423 | * attributes determining channel width. |
424 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP |
425 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface |
426 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP |
427 | * |
428 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by |
429 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
430 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by |
431 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
432 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the |
433 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
434 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
435 | * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified |
436 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in |
437 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and |
438 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type |
439 | * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station |
440 | * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that |
441 | * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove |
442 | * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. |
443 | * |
444 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
445 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
446 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
447 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
448 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
449 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
450 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by |
451 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. |
452 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by |
453 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
454 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the |
455 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
456 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
457 | * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified |
458 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
459 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by |
460 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
461 | * |
462 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set |
463 | * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device |
464 | * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the |
465 | * global regdomain will be returned. |
466 | * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the |
467 | * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel |
468 | * information will still be mended according to further hints from |
469 | * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API |
470 | * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as |
471 | * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). |
472 | * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then |
473 | * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory |
474 | * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. |
475 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command |
476 | * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory |
477 | * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our |
478 | * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides |
479 | * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each |
480 | * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by |
481 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and |
482 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by |
483 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and |
484 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. |
485 | * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain |
486 | * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will |
487 | * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. |
488 | * |
489 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the |
490 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
491 | * |
492 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the |
493 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
494 | * |
495 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The |
496 | * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management |
497 | * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be |
498 | * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with |
499 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be |
500 | * added to all specified management frames generated by |
501 | * kernel/firmware/driver. |
502 | * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this |
503 | * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this |
504 | * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the |
505 | * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
506 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
507 | * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
508 | * |
509 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results |
510 | * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters |
511 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
512 | * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to |
513 | * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will |
514 | * be used. |
515 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to |
516 | * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) |
517 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, |
518 | * partial scan results may be available |
519 | * |
520 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain |
521 | * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by |
522 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is |
523 | * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, |
524 | * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. |
525 | * These attributes are mutually exclusive, |
526 | * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if |
527 | * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. |
528 | * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan |
529 | * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). |
530 | * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) |
531 | * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For |
532 | * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty |
533 | * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and |
534 | * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
535 | * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not |
536 | * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain |
537 | * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by |
538 | * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the |
539 | * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY |
540 | * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled |
541 | * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute |
542 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. |
543 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if |
544 | * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon |
545 | * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. |
546 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan |
547 | * results available. |
548 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has |
549 | * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a |
550 | * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware |
551 | * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running |
552 | * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the |
553 | * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface |
554 | * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. |
555 | * |
556 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation |
557 | * or noise level |
558 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to |
559 | * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) |
560 | * |
561 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
562 | * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK |
563 | * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or |
564 | * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, |
565 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS |
566 | * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier |
567 | * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an |
568 | * ESS. |
569 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
570 | * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
571 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS |
572 | * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads |
573 | * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. |
574 | * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. |
575 | * |
576 | * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain |
577 | * has been changed and provides details of the request information |
578 | * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request |
579 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx |
580 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if |
581 | * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or |
582 | * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain |
583 | * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is |
584 | * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on |
585 | * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). |
586 | * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon |
587 | * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or |
588 | * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel |
589 | * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example |
590 | * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your |
591 | * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while |
592 | * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not |
593 | * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP |
594 | * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will |
595 | * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always |
596 | * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had |
597 | * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to |
598 | * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from |
599 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred |
600 | * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) |
601 | * the beacon hint was processed. |
602 | * |
603 | * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. |
604 | * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and |
605 | * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the |
606 | * authentication process. |
607 | * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the |
608 | * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and |
609 | * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify |
610 | * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication |
611 | * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + |
612 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the |
613 | * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the |
614 | * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs |
615 | * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added |
616 | * to the frame. |
617 | * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication |
618 | * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the |
619 | * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct |
620 | * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the |
621 | * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The |
622 | * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame |
623 | * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is |
624 | * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that |
625 | * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a |
626 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which |
627 | * pending authentication timed out). |
628 | * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like |
629 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation |
630 | * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, |
631 | * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The |
632 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the |
633 | * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not |
634 | * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is |
635 | * included). |
636 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like |
637 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to |
638 | * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication |
639 | * primitives). |
640 | * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like |
641 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to |
642 | * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). |
643 | * |
644 | * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael |
645 | * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the |
646 | * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of |
647 | * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key |
648 | * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and |
649 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this |
650 | * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive |
651 | * |
652 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a |
653 | * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) |
654 | * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those |
655 | * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be |
656 | * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ |
657 | * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, |
658 | * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not |
659 | * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). |
660 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is |
661 | * determined by the network interface. |
662 | * |
663 | * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute |
664 | * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through |
665 | * to the driver. |
666 | * |
667 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command |
668 | * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating |
669 | * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a |
670 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association |
671 | * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, |
672 | * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, |
673 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
674 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
675 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, |
676 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and |
677 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. |
678 | * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are |
679 | * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming |
680 | * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT |
681 | * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while |
682 | * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to |
683 | * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one |
684 | * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing |
685 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict |
686 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). |
687 | * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if |
688 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is |
689 | * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user |
690 | * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends |
691 | * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. |
692 | * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the |
693 | * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE |
694 | * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). |
695 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within |
696 | * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with |
697 | * a different BSS is desired. |
698 | * Background scan period can optionally be |
699 | * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
700 | * if not specified default background scan configuration |
701 | * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. |
702 | * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. |
703 | * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the |
704 | * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be |
705 | * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, |
706 | * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the |
707 | * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate |
708 | * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. |
709 | * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as |
710 | * well to remain backwards compatible. |
711 | * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. |
712 | * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using |
713 | * fast transition, this event should be followed by an |
714 | * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. |
715 | * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue |
716 | * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the |
717 | * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. |
718 | * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify |
719 | * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other |
720 | * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and |
721 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. |
722 | * |
723 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices |
724 | * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. |
725 | * |
726 | * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified |
727 | * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do |
728 | * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for |
729 | * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. |
730 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus |
731 | * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the |
732 | * frequency for the operation. |
733 | * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds |
734 | * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to |
735 | * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the |
736 | * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the |
737 | * radio). |
738 | * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) |
739 | * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; |
740 | * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. |
741 | * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a |
742 | * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been |
743 | * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. |
744 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the |
745 | * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to |
746 | * uniquely identify the request. |
747 | * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested |
748 | * remain-on-channel duration has expired. |
749 | * |
750 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX |
751 | * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface |
752 | * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. |
753 | * |
754 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames |
755 | * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command |
756 | * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for |
757 | * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) |
758 | * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame |
759 | * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or |
760 | * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration |
761 | * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink |
762 | * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. |
763 | * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if |
764 | * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which |
765 | * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the |
766 | * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. |
767 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for |
768 | * backward compatibility |
769 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This |
770 | * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and |
771 | * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in |
772 | * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a |
773 | * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the |
774 | * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used |
775 | * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was |
776 | * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel |
777 | * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel |
778 | * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time |
779 | * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation |
780 | * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the |
781 | * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. |
782 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
783 | * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. |
784 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA |
785 | * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute |
786 | * is used during CSA period. |
787 | * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be |
788 | * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses |
789 | * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by |
790 | * lower layers. |
791 | * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to |
792 | * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may |
793 | * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. |
794 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this |
795 | * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait |
796 | * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is |
797 | * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel |
798 | * wait time. |
799 | * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. |
800 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame |
801 | * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies |
802 | * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the |
803 | * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged |
804 | * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the |
805 | * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to |
806 | * indicate the ack RX timestamp. |
807 | * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for |
808 | * backward compatibility. |
809 | * |
810 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
811 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
812 | * |
813 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command |
814 | * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger |
815 | * levels. |
816 | * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This |
817 | * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was |
818 | * reached. |
819 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
820 | * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface |
821 | * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. |
822 | * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism |
823 | * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. |
824 | * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while |
825 | * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation |
826 | * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take |
827 | * precedence when they are used. |
828 | * |
829 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface |
830 | * (no longer supported). |
831 | * |
832 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform |
833 | * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets |
834 | * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) |
835 | * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) |
836 | * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may |
837 | * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop |
838 | * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability |
839 | * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. |
840 | * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of |
841 | * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces |
842 | * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. |
843 | * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this |
844 | * command, the feature is disabled. |
845 | * |
846 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial |
847 | * mesh config parameters may be given. |
848 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the |
849 | * network is determined by the network interface. |
850 | * |
851 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame |
852 | * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
853 | * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
854 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame |
855 | * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
856 | * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
857 | * |
858 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a |
859 | * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only |
860 | * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer |
861 | * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
862 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or |
863 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this |
864 | * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station |
865 | * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from |
866 | * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the |
867 | * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later |
868 | * depending on the authentication result. |
869 | * |
870 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
871 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
872 | * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports |
873 | * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this |
874 | * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For |
875 | * more background information, see |
876 | * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. |
877 | * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification |
878 | * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the |
879 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason |
880 | * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present |
881 | * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the |
882 | * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. |
883 | * |
884 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver |
885 | * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This |
886 | * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data |
887 | * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and |
888 | * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, |
889 | * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to |
890 | * inform userspace of the new replay counter. |
891 | * |
892 | * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace |
893 | * of PMKSA caching candidates. |
894 | * |
895 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). |
896 | * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take |
897 | * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). |
898 | * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested |
899 | * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and |
900 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with |
901 | * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). |
902 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The |
903 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be |
904 | * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as |
905 | * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 |
906 | * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently |
907 | * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES |
908 | * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in |
909 | * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. |
910 | * |
911 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP |
912 | * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to |
913 | * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 |
914 | * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame |
915 | * is received. |
916 | * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and |
917 | * other attributes like the interface index are present. |
918 | * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can |
919 | * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription |
920 | * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. |
921 | * |
922 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the |
923 | * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame |
924 | * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly |
925 | * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. |
926 | * |
927 | * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface |
928 | * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is |
929 | * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses |
930 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a |
931 | * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match |
932 | * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and |
933 | * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. |
934 | * |
935 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from |
936 | * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement |
937 | * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME |
938 | * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. |
939 | * |
940 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether |
941 | * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. |
942 | * |
943 | * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels |
944 | * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating |
945 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the |
946 | * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be |
947 | * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA |
948 | * from the remote AP) is completed; |
949 | * |
950 | * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch |
951 | * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator |
952 | * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or |
953 | * initiated on our own). It indicates that |
954 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
955 | * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may |
956 | * decide to react to this indication by requesting other |
957 | * interfaces to change channel as well. |
958 | * |
959 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by |
960 | * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with |
961 | * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the |
962 | * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and |
963 | * public action frame TX. |
964 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by |
965 | * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. |
966 | * |
967 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to |
968 | * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a |
969 | * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON |
970 | * is used for this. |
971 | * |
972 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames |
973 | * for IBSS or MESH vif. |
974 | * |
975 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. |
976 | * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC |
977 | * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in |
978 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in |
979 | * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it |
980 | * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver |
981 | * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This |
982 | * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its |
983 | * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. |
984 | * |
985 | * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once |
986 | * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished |
987 | * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with |
988 | * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars |
989 | * while operating on this channel. |
990 | * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the |
991 | * event. |
992 | * |
993 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, |
994 | * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. |
995 | * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. |
996 | * |
997 | * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition |
998 | * Information Element to the WLAN driver |
999 | * |
1000 | * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver |
1001 | * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along |
1002 | * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report |
1003 | * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). |
1004 | * |
1005 | * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running |
1006 | * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to |
1007 | * complete. |
1008 | * |
1009 | * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can |
1010 | * return back to normal. |
1011 | * |
1012 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. |
1013 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. |
1014 | * |
1015 | * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the |
1016 | * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) |
1017 | * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the |
1018 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the |
1019 | * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using |
1020 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel |
1021 | * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform |
1022 | * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel |
1023 | * switch is complete. |
1024 | * |
1025 | * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified |
1026 | * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in |
1027 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in |
1028 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
1029 | * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is |
1030 | * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions |
1031 | * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. |
1032 | * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. |
1033 | * |
1034 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. |
1035 | * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If |
1036 | * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this |
1037 | * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an |
1038 | * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. |
1039 | * |
1040 | * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given |
1041 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO |
1042 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. |
1043 | * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by |
1044 | * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets |
1045 | * up the TX TS in the driver/device. |
1046 | * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks |
1047 | * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to |
1048 | * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would |
1049 | * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still |
1050 | * fail even if the check was successful. |
1051 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID |
1052 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this |
1053 | * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating |
1054 | * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. |
1055 | * |
1056 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to |
1057 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
1058 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
1059 | * |
1060 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and |
1061 | * bandwidth of a channel must be given. |
1062 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the |
1063 | * network is determined by the network interface. |
1064 | * |
1065 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, |
1066 | * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is |
1067 | * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining |
1068 | * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via |
1069 | * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. |
1070 | * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching |
1071 | * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the |
1072 | * AP. |
1073 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS |
1074 | * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel |
1075 | * when this command completes. |
1076 | * |
1077 | * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used |
1078 | * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom |
1079 | * management. |
1080 | * |
1081 | * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is |
1082 | * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through |
1083 | * cfg80211_scan_done(). |
1084 | * |
1085 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its |
1086 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been |
1087 | * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it |
1088 | * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a |
1089 | * cluster. This command must have a valid |
1090 | * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional |
1091 | * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is |
1092 | * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will |
1093 | * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be |
1094 | * added. |
1095 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by |
1096 | * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. |
1097 | * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined |
1098 | * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this |
1099 | * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id |
1100 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) |
1101 | * of the function upon success. |
1102 | * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right |
1103 | * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination |
1104 | * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new |
1105 | * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one |
1106 | * which just terminated. |
1107 | * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command |
1108 | * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes |
1109 | * the response to this command. |
1110 | * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. |
1111 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. |
1112 | * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is |
1113 | * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID |
1114 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. |
1115 | * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN |
1116 | * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN |
1117 | * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following |
1118 | * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, |
1119 | * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the |
1120 | * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but |
1121 | * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care |
1122 | * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). |
1123 | * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. |
1124 | * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and |
1125 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. |
1126 | * |
1127 | * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters |
1128 | * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal |
1129 | * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it |
1130 | * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, |
1131 | * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. |
1132 | * |
1133 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 |
1134 | * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). |
1135 | * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the |
1136 | * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. |
1137 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously |
1138 | * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by |
1139 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
1140 | * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and |
1141 | * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent |
1142 | * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- |
1143 | * client MAC address. |
1144 | * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for |
1145 | * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following |
1146 | * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way |
1147 | * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of |
1148 | * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). |
1149 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request |
1150 | * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit |
1151 | * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame |
1152 | * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the |
1153 | * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or |
1154 | * 802.11 headers. |
1155 | * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and |
1156 | * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known |
1157 | * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit |
1158 | * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both |
1159 | * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link |
1160 | * address of that link. |
1161 | * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
1162 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added |
1163 | * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame |
1164 | * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. |
1165 | * |
1166 | * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. |
1167 | * |
1168 | * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host |
1169 | * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and |
1170 | * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. |
1171 | * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) |
1172 | * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to |
1173 | * driver) to indicate the authentication status. |
1174 | * |
1175 | * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to |
1176 | * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses |
1177 | * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user |
1178 | * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user |
1179 | * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds |
1180 | * further with the association after getting successful authentication |
1181 | * status. User space indicates the authentication status through |
1182 | * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH |
1183 | * command interface. |
1184 | * |
1185 | * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in |
1186 | * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO |
1187 | * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD |
1188 | * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability |
1189 | * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling |
1190 | * MLO during the authentication offload or not. |
1191 | * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it |
1192 | * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User |
1193 | * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request |
1194 | * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. |
1195 | * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and |
1196 | * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD |
1197 | * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and |
1198 | * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the |
1199 | * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the |
1200 | * authentication. |
1201 | * |
1202 | * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the |
1203 | * user space through the connect result as the user space would have |
1204 | * initiated the connection through the connect request. |
1205 | * |
1206 | * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's |
1207 | * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, |
1208 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its |
1209 | * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). |
1210 | * |
1211 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in |
1212 | * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. |
1213 | * |
1214 | * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) |
1215 | * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested |
1216 | * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address |
1217 | * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the |
1218 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. |
1219 | * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. |
1220 | * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in |
1221 | * the netlink extended ack message. |
1222 | * |
1223 | * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. |
1224 | * |
1225 | * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the |
1226 | * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they |
1227 | * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket |
1228 | * buffer size. |
1229 | * |
1230 | * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start |
1231 | * multiple concurrent measurements. |
1232 | * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the |
1233 | * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. |
1234 | * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that |
1235 | * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie |
1236 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). |
1237 | * |
1238 | * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was |
1239 | * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel |
1240 | * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes |
1241 | * determining the width and type. |
1242 | * |
1243 | * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to |
1244 | * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support |
1245 | * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely |
1246 | * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. |
1247 | * |
1248 | * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric |
1249 | * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data |
1250 | * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a |
1251 | * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of |
1252 | * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some |
1253 | * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be |
1254 | * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the |
1255 | * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data |
1256 | * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for |
1257 | * rate selection. |
1258 | * |
1259 | * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh |
1260 | * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame |
1261 | * content. The frame is ethernet data. |
1262 | * |
1263 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration |
1264 | * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. |
1265 | * |
1266 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon |
1267 | * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was |
1268 | * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon |
1269 | * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). |
1270 | * |
1271 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control |
1272 | * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. |
1273 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME |
1274 | * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included |
1275 | * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. |
1276 | * |
1277 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is |
1278 | * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to |
1279 | * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. |
1280 | * |
1281 | * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever |
1282 | * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. |
1283 | * |
1284 | * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that |
1285 | * userspace wants to change the BSS color. |
1286 | * |
1287 | * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has |
1288 | * started |
1289 | * |
1290 | * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has |
1291 | * been aborted |
1292 | * |
1293 | * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change |
1294 | * has completed |
1295 | * |
1296 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - |
1297 | * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address |
1298 | * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK |
1299 | * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces |
1300 | * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) |
1301 | * |
1302 | * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association |
1303 | * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
1304 | * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to |
1305 | * specify the timeout value. |
1306 | * |
1307 | * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The |
1308 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. |
1309 | * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come |
1310 | * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links |
1311 | * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. |
1312 | * |
1313 | * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station |
1314 | * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station |
1315 | * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station |
1316 | * |
1317 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing |
1318 | * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
1319 | * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the |
1320 | * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for |
1321 | * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC |
1322 | * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable |
1323 | * HW timestamping. |
1324 | * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently |
1325 | * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. |
1326 | * |
1327 | * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD |
1328 | * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with |
1329 | * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide |
1330 | * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. |
1331 | * |
1332 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a |
1333 | * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and |
1334 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the |
1335 | * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. |
1336 | * |
1337 | * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number |
1338 | * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
1339 | */ |
1340 | enum nl80211_commands { |
1341 | /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
1342 | NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, |
1343 | |
1344 | NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ |
1345 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, |
1346 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, |
1347 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, |
1348 | |
1349 | NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ |
1350 | NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, |
1351 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, |
1352 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, |
1353 | |
1354 | NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, |
1355 | NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, |
1356 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, |
1357 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, |
1358 | |
1359 | NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, |
1360 | NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, |
1361 | NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
1362 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
1363 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
1364 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
1365 | |
1366 | NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, |
1367 | NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, |
1368 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, |
1369 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, |
1370 | |
1371 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, |
1372 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, |
1373 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, |
1374 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, |
1375 | |
1376 | NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, |
1377 | |
1378 | NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, |
1379 | NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, |
1380 | |
1381 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, |
1382 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, |
1383 | |
1384 | /* reserved; not used */, |
1385 | |
1386 | NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, |
1387 | |
1388 | NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, |
1389 | NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
1390 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, |
1391 | NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, |
1392 | |
1393 | NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, |
1394 | |
1395 | NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, |
1396 | NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
1397 | NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
1398 | NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, |
1399 | |
1400 | NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, |
1401 | |
1402 | NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, |
1403 | |
1404 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, |
1405 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, |
1406 | |
1407 | NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
1408 | |
1409 | NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, |
1410 | NL80211_CMD_ROAM, |
1411 | NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, |
1412 | |
1413 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, |
1414 | |
1415 | NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, |
1416 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, |
1417 | |
1418 | NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, |
1419 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, |
1420 | NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, |
1421 | |
1422 | NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
1423 | NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
1424 | |
1425 | NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, |
1426 | |
1427 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
1428 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
1429 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
1430 | NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
1431 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
1432 | NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
1433 | |
1434 | NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, |
1435 | NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, |
1436 | |
1437 | NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, |
1438 | NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, |
1439 | |
1440 | NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, |
1441 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, |
1442 | |
1443 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, |
1444 | |
1445 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, |
1446 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, |
1447 | |
1448 | NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
1449 | NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, |
1450 | |
1451 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, |
1452 | |
1453 | NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, |
1454 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, |
1455 | |
1456 | NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, |
1457 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, |
1458 | NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, |
1459 | NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, |
1460 | |
1461 | NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, |
1462 | |
1463 | NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
1464 | |
1465 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, |
1466 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, |
1467 | |
1468 | NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, |
1469 | |
1470 | NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, |
1471 | |
1472 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, |
1473 | |
1474 | NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, |
1475 | |
1476 | NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, |
1477 | |
1478 | NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, |
1479 | |
1480 | NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, |
1481 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, |
1482 | |
1483 | NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, |
1484 | |
1485 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, |
1486 | |
1487 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, |
1488 | |
1489 | NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, |
1490 | |
1491 | NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
1492 | |
1493 | NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, |
1494 | NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, |
1495 | |
1496 | NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, |
1497 | NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, |
1498 | |
1499 | NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, |
1500 | NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, |
1501 | |
1502 | NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
1503 | |
1504 | NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
1505 | |
1506 | NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, |
1507 | |
1508 | NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, |
1509 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, |
1510 | |
1511 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, |
1512 | |
1513 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, |
1514 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, |
1515 | |
1516 | NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, |
1517 | |
1518 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
1519 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
1520 | |
1521 | NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, |
1522 | |
1523 | NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, |
1524 | |
1525 | NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, |
1526 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, |
1527 | NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, |
1528 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, |
1529 | NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, |
1530 | NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, |
1531 | |
1532 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, |
1533 | |
1534 | NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, |
1535 | |
1536 | NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, |
1537 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, |
1538 | |
1539 | NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, |
1540 | |
1541 | NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, |
1542 | |
1543 | NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, |
1544 | |
1545 | NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, |
1546 | |
1547 | NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, |
1548 | |
1549 | NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, |
1550 | |
1551 | NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, |
1552 | NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, |
1553 | NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, |
1554 | |
1555 | NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, |
1556 | |
1557 | NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, |
1558 | |
1559 | NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, |
1560 | |
1561 | NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, |
1562 | |
1563 | NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, |
1564 | |
1565 | NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
1566 | |
1567 | NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, |
1568 | |
1569 | NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, |
1570 | |
1571 | NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, |
1572 | |
1573 | NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, |
1574 | NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, |
1575 | NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, |
1576 | |
1577 | NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, |
1578 | |
1579 | NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, |
1580 | |
1581 | NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, |
1582 | NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, |
1583 | |
1584 | NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, |
1585 | NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, |
1586 | NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, |
1587 | |
1588 | NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, |
1589 | |
1590 | NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, |
1591 | |
1592 | NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, |
1593 | |
1594 | /* add new commands above here */ |
1595 | |
1596 | /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ |
1597 | __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, |
1598 | NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
1599 | }; |
1600 | |
1601 | /* |
1602 | * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them |
1603 | * here |
1604 | */ |
1605 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS |
1606 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE |
1607 | #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE |
1608 | #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE |
1609 | #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
1610 | #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE |
1611 | #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE |
1612 | #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT |
1613 | |
1614 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
1615 | |
1616 | /* source-level API compatibility */ |
1617 | #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG |
1618 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG |
1619 | #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE |
1620 | |
1621 | /** |
1622 | * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes |
1623 | * |
1624 | * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors |
1625 | * |
1626 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. |
1627 | * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index |
1628 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) |
1629 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters |
1630 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, |
1631 | * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) |
1632 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes |
1633 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
1634 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 |
1635 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values |
1636 | * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the |
1637 | * documentation of the enum for more information. |
1638 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the |
1639 | * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the |
1640 | * operating channel center frequency. |
1641 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the |
1642 | * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth |
1643 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
1644 | * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): |
1645 | * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including |
1646 | * this attribute) |
1647 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only |
1648 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel |
1649 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel |
1650 | * This attribute is now deprecated. |
1651 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
1652 | * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
1653 | * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 |
1654 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
1655 | * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
1656 | * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 |
1657 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum |
1658 | * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable |
1659 | * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 |
1660 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length |
1661 | * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: |
1662 | * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 |
1663 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
1664 | * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 |
1665 | * |
1666 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on |
1667 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name |
1668 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype |
1669 | * |
1670 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices |
1671 | * that don't have a netdev (u64) |
1672 | * |
1673 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) |
1674 | * |
1675 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
1676 | * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
1677 | * keys |
1678 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
1679 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
1680 | * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
1681 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
1682 | * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
1683 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key |
1684 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the |
1685 | * default management key |
1686 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or |
1687 | * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used |
1688 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or |
1689 | * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used |
1690 | * |
1691 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU |
1692 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing |
1693 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE |
1694 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE |
1695 | * |
1696 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) |
1697 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
1698 | * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) |
1699 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by |
1700 | * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). |
1701 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported |
1702 | * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
1703 | * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
1704 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station |
1705 | * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. |
1706 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info |
1707 | * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing |
1708 | * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. |
1709 | * |
1710 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, |
1711 | * consisting of a nested array. |
1712 | * |
1713 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). |
1714 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link |
1715 | * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). |
1716 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. |
1717 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path |
1718 | * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at |
1719 | * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. |
1720 | * |
1721 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
1722 | * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. |
1723 | * |
1724 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the |
1725 | * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. |
1726 | * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel |
1727 | * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can |
1728 | * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set |
1729 | * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the |
1730 | * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. |
1731 | * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain |
1732 | * to a specific alpha2. |
1733 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory |
1734 | * rules. |
1735 | * |
1736 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) |
1737 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
1738 | * (u8, 0 or 1) |
1739 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled |
1740 | * (u8, 0 or 1) |
1741 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic |
1742 | * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
1743 | * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
1744 | * |
1745 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from |
1746 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
1747 | * |
1748 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all |
1749 | * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number |
1750 | * of the interface mode. |
1751 | * |
1752 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for |
1753 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. |
1754 | * |
1755 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with |
1756 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). |
1757 | * |
1758 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with |
1759 | * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
1760 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can |
1761 | * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
1762 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements |
1763 | * that can be added to a scan request |
1764 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information |
1765 | * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request |
1766 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be |
1767 | * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. |
1768 | * |
1769 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) |
1770 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive |
1771 | * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan |
1772 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS |
1773 | * |
1774 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain |
1775 | * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* |
1776 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently |
1777 | * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) |
1778 | * |
1779 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies |
1780 | * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) |
1781 | * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. |
1782 | * |
1783 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header |
1784 | * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and |
1785 | * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events |
1786 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) |
1787 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, |
1788 | * represented as a u32 |
1789 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and |
1790 | * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 |
1791 | * |
1792 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as |
1793 | * a u32 |
1794 | * |
1795 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
1796 | * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
1797 | * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This |
1798 | * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
1799 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
1800 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
1801 | * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
1802 | * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This |
1803 | * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
1804 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
1805 | * |
1806 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported |
1807 | * cipher suites |
1808 | * |
1809 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look |
1810 | * for other networks on different channels |
1811 | * |
1812 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this |
1813 | * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event |
1814 | * |
1815 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is |
1816 | * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); |
1817 | * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and |
1818 | * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for |
1819 | * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it |
1820 | * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. |
1821 | * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will |
1822 | * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. |
1823 | * |
1824 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a |
1825 | * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
1826 | * |
1827 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls |
1828 | * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in |
1829 | * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
1830 | * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until |
1831 | * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by |
1832 | * default in station mode. |
1833 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the |
1834 | * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be |
1835 | * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not |
1836 | * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This |
1837 | * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to |
1838 | * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. |
1839 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with |
1840 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom |
1841 | * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. |
1842 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control |
1843 | * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) |
1844 | * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 |
1845 | * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending |
1846 | * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the |
1847 | * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead |
1848 | * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is |
1849 | * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER |
1850 | * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth |
1851 | * frames are not forwarded over the control port. |
1852 | * |
1853 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. |
1854 | * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. |
1855 | * |
1856 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT |
1857 | * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to |
1858 | * a local disconnect request. |
1859 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
1860 | * event (u16) |
1861 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating |
1862 | * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to |
1863 | * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. |
1864 | * |
1865 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON |
1866 | * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection |
1867 | * (an array of u32). |
1868 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
1869 | * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a |
1870 | * u32). |
1871 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
1872 | * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using |
1873 | * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). |
1874 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
1875 | * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). |
1876 | * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, |
1877 | * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which |
1878 | * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also |
1879 | * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. |
1880 | * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should |
1881 | * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. |
1882 | * |
1883 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as |
1884 | * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
1885 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as |
1886 | * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
1887 | * |
1888 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT |
1889 | * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use |
1890 | * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the |
1891 | * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is |
1892 | * used for the initial association to an ESS. |
1893 | * |
1894 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with |
1895 | * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
1896 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() |
1897 | * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each |
1898 | * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
1899 | * |
1900 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. |
1901 | * |
1902 | * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for |
1903 | * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being |
1904 | * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has |
1905 | * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that |
1906 | * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it |
1907 | * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated |
1908 | * completely from scratch. |
1909 | * |
1910 | * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface |
1911 | * |
1912 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of |
1913 | * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute |
1914 | * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. |
1915 | * |
1916 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. |
1917 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can |
1918 | * cache, a wiphy attribute. |
1919 | * |
1920 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. |
1921 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that |
1922 | * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the |
1923 | * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. |
1924 | * |
1925 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. |
1926 | * |
1927 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes |
1928 | * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The |
1929 | * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested |
1930 | * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all |
1931 | * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute |
1932 | * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, |
1933 | * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must |
1934 | * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. |
1935 | * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended |
1936 | * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, |
1937 | * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, |
1938 | * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and |
1939 | * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. |
1940 | * |
1941 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain |
1942 | * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. |
1943 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the |
1944 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. |
1945 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
1946 | * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
1947 | * information about which frame types can be transmitted with |
1948 | * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
1949 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
1950 | * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
1951 | * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. |
1952 | * |
1953 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was |
1954 | * acknowledged by the recipient. |
1955 | * |
1956 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. |
1957 | * |
1958 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a |
1959 | * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. |
1960 | * |
1961 | * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command |
1962 | * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without |
1963 | * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with |
1964 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
1965 | * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
1966 | * |
1967 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations |
1968 | * connected to this BSS. |
1969 | * |
1970 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See |
1971 | * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. |
1972 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. |
1973 | * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING |
1974 | * for non-automatic settings. |
1975 | * |
1976 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly |
1977 | * means support for per-station GTKs. |
1978 | * |
1979 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. |
1980 | * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
1981 | * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this |
1982 | * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. |
1983 | * |
1984 | * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first |
1985 | * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n |
1986 | * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to |
1987 | * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if |
1988 | * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. |
1989 | * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be |
1990 | * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. |
1991 | * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. |
1992 | * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot |
1993 | * support by returning -EINVAL. |
1994 | * |
1995 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. |
1996 | * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
1997 | * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap |
1998 | * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. |
1999 | * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. |
2000 | * |
2001 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
2002 | * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. |
2003 | * |
2004 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
2005 | * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. |
2006 | * |
2007 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS |
2008 | * |
2009 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be |
2010 | * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match |
2011 | * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this |
2012 | * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an |
2013 | * nl80211 capability flag. |
2014 | * |
2015 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) |
2016 | * |
2017 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
2018 | * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
2019 | * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
2020 | * |
2021 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be |
2022 | * changed once the mesh is active. |
2023 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute |
2024 | * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. |
2025 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver |
2026 | * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via |
2027 | * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. |
2028 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in |
2029 | * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link |
2030 | * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or |
2031 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. |
2032 | * |
2033 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy |
2034 | * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers |
2035 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to |
2036 | * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also |
2037 | * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN |
2038 | * triggers. |
2039 | * |
2040 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan |
2041 | * cycles, in msecs. |
2042 | * |
2043 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more |
2044 | * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs |
2045 | * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are |
2046 | * pass-thru filter rules. |
2047 | * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a |
2048 | * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of |
2049 | * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are |
2050 | * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be |
2051 | * able to ignore them by itself. |
2052 | * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but |
2053 | * this is only an optimization and the userspace application |
2054 | * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. |
2055 | * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with |
2056 | * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID |
2057 | * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes |
2058 | * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. |
2059 | * If omitted, no filtering is done. |
2060 | * |
2061 | * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported |
2062 | * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes |
2063 | * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
2064 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like |
2065 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that |
2066 | * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to |
2067 | * any restrictions in their number or combinations. |
2068 | * |
2069 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information |
2070 | * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. |
2071 | * |
2072 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, |
2073 | * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry |
2074 | * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but |
2075 | * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
2076 | * |
2077 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon |
2078 | * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see |
2079 | * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 |
2080 | * |
2081 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. |
2082 | * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to |
2083 | * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the |
2084 | * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. |
2085 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association |
2086 | * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and |
2087 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into |
2088 | * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to |
2089 | * (Re)Association Request frames. |
2090 | * |
2091 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration |
2092 | * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. |
2093 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working |
2094 | * as AP. |
2095 | * |
2096 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of |
2097 | * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. |
2098 | * |
2099 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching |
2100 | * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. |
2101 | * |
2102 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not |
2103 | * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action |
2104 | * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space |
2105 | * applications use this attribute. |
2106 | * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and |
2107 | * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. |
2108 | * |
2109 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup |
2110 | * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are |
2111 | * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. |
2112 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a |
2113 | * TDLS conversation between two devices. |
2114 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see |
2115 | * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. |
2116 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate |
2117 | * as a TDLS peer sta. |
2118 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown |
2119 | * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via |
2120 | * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
2121 | * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. |
2122 | * |
2123 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices |
2124 | * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated |
2125 | * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see |
2126 | * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
2127 | * |
2128 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells |
2129 | * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, |
2130 | * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is |
2131 | * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. |
2132 | * |
2133 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from |
2134 | * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. |
2135 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe |
2136 | * requests while operating in AP-mode. |
2137 | * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for |
2138 | * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). |
2139 | * |
2140 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire |
2141 | * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, |
2142 | * to be filled by the FW. |
2143 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable |
2144 | * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. |
2145 | * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. |
2146 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable |
2147 | * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. |
2148 | * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. |
2149 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable |
2150 | * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. |
2151 | * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. |
2152 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the |
2153 | * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. |
2154 | * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. |
2155 | * The values that may be configured are: |
2156 | * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 |
2157 | * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. |
2158 | * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored |
2159 | * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in |
2160 | * the station debugfs ht_caps file. |
2161 | * |
2162 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country |
2163 | * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps |
2164 | * to one DFS region. |
2165 | * |
2166 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of |
2167 | * up to 16 TIDs. |
2168 | * |
2169 | * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be |
2170 | * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support |
2171 | * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from |
2172 | * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the |
2173 | * capability to timeout the stations. |
2174 | * |
2175 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); |
2176 | * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to |
2177 | * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
2178 | * |
2179 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds |
2180 | * or 0 to disable background scan. |
2181 | * |
2182 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from |
2183 | * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from |
2184 | * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source |
2185 | * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of |
2186 | * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. |
2187 | * |
2188 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected |
2189 | * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason |
2190 | * enum has different reasons of connection failure. |
2191 | * |
2192 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. |
2193 | * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), |
2194 | * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the |
2195 | * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with |
2196 | * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into |
2197 | * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the |
2198 | * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and |
2199 | * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data |
2200 | * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition |
2201 | * consistent. |
2202 | * |
2203 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from |
2204 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
2205 | * |
2206 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) |
2207 | * |
2208 | * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with |
2209 | * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands |
2210 | * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the |
2211 | * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; |
2212 | * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS |
2213 | * no change is made. |
2214 | * |
2215 | * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
2216 | * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. |
2217 | * |
2218 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, |
2219 | * carried in a u32 attribute |
2220 | * |
2221 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for |
2222 | * MAC ACL. |
2223 | * |
2224 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum |
2225 | * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC |
2226 | * ACL. |
2227 | * |
2228 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, |
2229 | * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). |
2230 | * |
2231 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
2232 | * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See |
2233 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. |
2234 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
2235 | * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. |
2236 | * |
2237 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to |
2238 | * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). |
2239 | * |
2240 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are |
2241 | * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations |
2242 | * and PU-APSD. |
2243 | * |
2244 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see |
2245 | * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. |
2246 | * |
2247 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports |
2248 | * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple |
2249 | * messages, given with wiphy dump message |
2250 | * |
2251 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier |
2252 | * |
2253 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information |
2254 | * Element |
2255 | * |
2256 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased |
2257 | * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). |
2258 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which |
2259 | * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). |
2260 | * |
2261 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). |
2262 | * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being |
2263 | * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to |
2264 | * update a TDLS peer STA entry. |
2265 | * |
2266 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. |
2267 | * |
2268 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's |
2269 | * until the channel switch event. |
2270 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission |
2271 | * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch |
2272 | * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet |
2273 | * was requested by the AP. |
2274 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information |
2275 | * for the time while performing a channel switch. |
2276 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
2277 | * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). |
2278 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
2279 | * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). |
2280 | * |
2281 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. |
2282 | * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. |
2283 | * |
2284 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. |
2285 | * |
2286 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported |
2287 | * operating classes. |
2288 | * |
2289 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space |
2290 | * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in |
2291 | * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS |
2292 | * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required |
2293 | * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the |
2294 | * IBSS network. |
2295 | * |
2296 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
2297 | * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. |
2298 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
2299 | * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. |
2300 | * |
2301 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode |
2302 | * Notification Element based on association request when used with |
2303 | * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when |
2304 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); |
2305 | * u8 attribute. |
2306 | * |
2307 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if |
2308 | * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) |
2309 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command |
2310 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this |
2311 | * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement |
2312 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy |
2313 | * info, containing a nested array of possible events |
2314 | * |
2315 | * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This |
2316 | * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element |
2317 | * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. |
2318 | * |
2319 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS |
2320 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS |
2321 | * |
2322 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many |
2323 | * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. |
2324 | * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., |
2325 | * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to |
2326 | * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt |
2327 | * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. |
2328 | * |
2329 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which |
2330 | * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. |
2331 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum |
2332 | * supported number of csa counters. |
2333 | * |
2334 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. |
2335 | * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. |
2336 | * |
2337 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface |
2338 | * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket |
2339 | * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. |
2340 | * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be |
2341 | * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will |
2342 | * be stopped when the socket is closed. |
2343 | * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the |
2344 | * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket |
2345 | * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be |
2346 | * cleared when the socket is closed. |
2347 | * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed |
2348 | * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN |
2349 | * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this |
2350 | * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN |
2351 | * multicast group. |
2352 | * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the |
2353 | * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. |
2354 | * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically |
2355 | * torn down when the socket is closed. |
2356 | * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be |
2357 | * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. |
2358 | * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically |
2359 | * disabled when the socket is closed. |
2360 | * |
2361 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is |
2362 | * the TDLS link initiator. |
2363 | * |
2364 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection |
2365 | * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be |
2366 | * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. |
2367 | * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the |
2368 | * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: |
2369 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, |
2370 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, |
2371 | * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: |
2372 | * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM |
2373 | * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the |
2374 | * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability |
2375 | * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. |
2376 | * |
2377 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout |
2378 | * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack |
2379 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower |
2380 | * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled |
2381 | * setting valid value for coverage class. |
2382 | * |
2383 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) |
2384 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) |
2385 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds |
2386 | * (per second) (u16 attribute) |
2387 | * |
2388 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see |
2389 | * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. |
2390 | * |
2391 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class |
2392 | * |
2393 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask |
2394 | * |
2395 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device |
2396 | * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain |
2397 | * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global |
2398 | * cfg80211 regdomain. |
2399 | * |
2400 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte |
2401 | * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum |
2402 | * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the |
2403 | * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 |
2404 | * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 |
2405 | * of byte 3 (u8 array). |
2406 | * |
2407 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be |
2408 | * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY |
2409 | * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio |
2410 | * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) |
2411 | * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information |
2412 | * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters |
2413 | * over all channels. |
2414 | * |
2415 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a |
2416 | * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN |
2417 | * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the |
2418 | * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. |
2419 | |
2420 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device |
2421 | * is operating in an indoor environment. |
2422 | * |
2423 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for |
2424 | * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
2425 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for |
2426 | * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
2427 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in |
2428 | * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
2429 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. |
2430 | * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval |
2431 | * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, |
2432 | * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval |
2433 | * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. |
2434 | * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. |
2435 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate |
2436 | * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request |
2437 | * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start |
2438 | * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. |
2439 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the |
2440 | * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains |
2441 | * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what |
2442 | * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
2443 | * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for |
2444 | * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. |
2445 | * |
2446 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported |
2447 | * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status |
2448 | * |
2449 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
2450 | * |
2451 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: |
2452 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, |
2453 | * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and |
2454 | * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, |
2455 | * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are |
2456 | * present. |
2457 | * |
2458 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO |
2459 | * groupID for monitor mode. |
2460 | * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each |
2461 | * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), |
2462 | * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in |
2463 | * that group and 0 for not being a member. |
2464 | * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for |
2465 | * each group. |
2466 | * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger |
2467 | * group numbers on least significant bits.) |
2468 | * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. |
2469 | * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO |
2470 | * groupID data. |
2471 | * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. |
2472 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow |
2473 | * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. |
2474 | * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address |
2475 | * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) |
2476 | * |
2477 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually |
2478 | * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that |
2479 | * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this |
2480 | * attribute must not be included). |
2481 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which |
2482 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. |
2483 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If |
2484 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the |
2485 | * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with |
2486 | * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN |
2487 | * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. |
2488 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates |
2489 | * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is |
2490 | * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration |
2491 | * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. |
2492 | * |
2493 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is |
2494 | * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. |
2495 | * |
2496 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by |
2497 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with |
2498 | * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. |
2499 | * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and |
2500 | * should not be used during a normal device operation. |
2501 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 |
2502 | * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum |
2503 | * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 |
2504 | * would be set. This attribute is used with |
2505 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and |
2506 | * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and |
2507 | * the device will decide what to use. |
2508 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See |
2509 | * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested |
2510 | * attribute. |
2511 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. |
2512 | * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. |
2513 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame |
2514 | * protection. |
2515 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association |
2516 | * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet |
2517 | * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. |
2518 | * |
2519 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast |
2520 | * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). |
2521 | * |
2522 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also |
2523 | * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. |
2524 | * |
2525 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which |
2526 | * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current |
2527 | * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. |
2528 | * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to |
2529 | * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than |
2530 | * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid |
2531 | * unnecessary wakeups. |
2532 | * |
2533 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in |
2534 | * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
2535 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out |
2536 | * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure |
2537 | * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
2538 | * |
2539 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. |
2540 | * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, |
2541 | * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. |
2542 | * |
2543 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) |
2544 | * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with |
2545 | * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
2546 | * |
2547 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part |
2548 | * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with |
2549 | * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
2550 | * |
2551 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number |
2552 | * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data |
2553 | * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
2554 | * |
2555 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the |
2556 | * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and |
2557 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK |
2558 | * from successful FILS authentication and is used with |
2559 | * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
2560 | * |
2561 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP |
2562 | * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with |
2563 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. |
2564 | * |
2565 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with |
2566 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. |
2567 | * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide |
2568 | * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X |
2569 | * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT |
2570 | * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME |
2571 | * is included as well. |
2572 | * |
2573 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to |
2574 | * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. |
2575 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled |
2576 | * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). |
2577 | * |
2578 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include |
2579 | * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it |
2580 | * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. |
2581 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. |
2582 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) |
2583 | * |
2584 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external |
2585 | * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an |
2586 | * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the |
2587 | * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. |
2588 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user |
2589 | * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used |
2590 | * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver |
2591 | * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability |
2592 | * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag |
2593 | * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use |
2594 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) |
2595 | * |
2596 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this |
2597 | * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. |
2598 | * |
2599 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum |
2600 | * nl80211_txq_stats) |
2601 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. |
2602 | * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. |
2603 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the |
2604 | * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is |
2605 | * enforced. |
2606 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes |
2607 | * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. |
2608 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from |
2609 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set |
2610 | * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. |
2611 | * |
2612 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include |
2613 | * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing |
2614 | * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as |
2615 | * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr |
2616 | * |
2617 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder |
2618 | * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. |
2619 | * |
2620 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), |
2621 | * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an |
2622 | * invalid value. |
2623 | * |
2624 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) |
2625 | * data, uses nested attributes specified in |
2626 | * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. |
2627 | * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, |
2628 | * with the appropriate sub-attributes. |
2629 | * |
2630 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime |
2631 | * scheduler. |
2632 | * |
2633 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for |
2634 | * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for |
2635 | * possible values. |
2636 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This |
2637 | * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, |
2638 | * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver |
2639 | * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface |
2640 | * or per-station. |
2641 | * |
2642 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It |
2643 | * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading |
2644 | * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. |
2645 | * |
2646 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. |
2647 | * |
2648 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection |
2649 | * functionality. |
2650 | * |
2651 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz |
2652 | * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. |
2653 | * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) |
2654 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes |
2655 | * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) |
2656 | * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. |
2657 | * |
2658 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key |
2659 | * (u16). |
2660 | * |
2661 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. |
2662 | * |
2663 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry |
2664 | * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This |
2665 | * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating |
2666 | * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in |
2667 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not |
2668 | * advertised for a specific interface type. |
2669 | * |
2670 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a |
2671 | * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; |
2672 | * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- |
2673 | * attributes. |
2674 | * |
2675 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control |
2676 | * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. |
2677 | * |
2678 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, |
2679 | * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). |
2680 | * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. |
2681 | * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the |
2682 | * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based |
2683 | * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, |
2684 | * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) |
2685 | * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP |
2686 | * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall |
2687 | * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. |
2688 | * |
2689 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in |
2690 | * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME |
2691 | * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional |
2692 | * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the |
2693 | * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) |
2694 | * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime |
2695 | * has expired. |
2696 | * |
2697 | * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA |
2698 | * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If |
2699 | * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, |
2700 | * disassociation is still forced. |
2701 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the |
2702 | * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. |
2703 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated |
2704 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with |
2705 | * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. |
2706 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the |
2707 | * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. |
2708 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies |
2709 | * |
2710 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from |
2711 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). |
2712 | * |
2713 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS |
2714 | * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see |
2715 | * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty |
2716 | * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. |
2717 | * |
2718 | * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure |
2719 | * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see |
2720 | * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty |
2721 | * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. |
2722 | * |
2723 | * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from |
2724 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
2725 | * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element |
2726 | * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in |
2727 | * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
2728 | * |
2729 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE |
2730 | * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. |
2731 | * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from |
2732 | * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. |
2733 | * |
2734 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when |
2735 | * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields |
2736 | * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related |
2737 | * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. |
2738 | * |
2739 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and |
2740 | * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP |
2741 | * is desired. |
2742 | * |
2743 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the |
2744 | * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. |
2745 | * |
2746 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's |
2747 | * until the color switch event. |
2748 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are |
2749 | * switching to |
2750 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE |
2751 | * information for the time while performing a color switch. |
2752 | * |
2753 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID |
2754 | * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. |
2755 | * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID |
2756 | * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. |
2757 | * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID |
2758 | * parameters. |
2759 | * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. |
2760 | * |
2761 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. |
2762 | * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. |
2763 | * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. |
2764 | * |
2765 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain |
2766 | * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used |
2767 | * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. |
2768 | * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime |
2769 | * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected |
2770 | * radar channel. |
2771 | * |
2772 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, |
2773 | * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be |
2774 | * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. |
2775 | * |
2776 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from |
2777 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set |
2778 | * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. |
2779 | * |
2780 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with |
2781 | * various commands that need a link ID to operate. |
2782 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some |
2783 | * per-link information and a link ID. |
2784 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as |
2785 | * authenticate/associate. |
2786 | * |
2787 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO |
2788 | * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not |
2789 | * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. |
2790 | * |
2791 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of |
2792 | * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and |
2793 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this |
2794 | * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM |
2795 | * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum |
2796 | * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. |
2797 | * |
2798 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) |
2799 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) |
2800 | * |
2801 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in |
2802 | * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will |
2803 | * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. |
2804 | * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX |
2805 | * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates |
2806 | * the ack TX timestamp. |
2807 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in |
2808 | * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will |
2809 | * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. |
2810 | * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX |
2811 | * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates |
2812 | * the incoming frame RX timestamp. |
2813 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent |
2814 | * (re)associations. |
2815 | * |
2816 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest |
2817 | * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 |
2818 | * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are |
2819 | * reserved. |
2820 | * |
2821 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW |
2822 | * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. |
2823 | * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying |
2824 | * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. |
2825 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should |
2826 | * be enabled or not (flag attribute). |
2827 | * |
2828 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for |
2829 | * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used |
2830 | * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. |
2831 | * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple |
2832 | * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting |
2833 | * profiles already included in the MBSSID element |
2834 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon |
2835 | * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same |
2836 | * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of |
2837 | * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. |
2838 | * |
2839 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is |
2840 | * disabled. |
2841 | * |
2842 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. |
2843 | * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or |
2844 | * cannot be used at all. |
2845 | * |
2846 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to |
2847 | * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link |
2848 | * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) |
2849 | * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. |
2850 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to |
2851 | * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link |
2852 | * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) |
2853 | * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. |
2854 | * |
2855 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with |
2856 | * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs |
2857 | * are used on this connection |
2858 | * |
2859 | * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available |
2860 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined |
2861 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
2862 | */ |
2863 | enum nl80211_attrs { |
2864 | /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
2865 | NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, |
2866 | |
2867 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, |
2868 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
2869 | |
2870 | NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
2871 | NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, |
2872 | NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, |
2873 | |
2874 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC, |
2875 | |
2876 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
2877 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, |
2878 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
2879 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, |
2880 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
2881 | |
2882 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
2883 | NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, |
2884 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, |
2885 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, |
2886 | |
2887 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, |
2888 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, |
2889 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, |
2890 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, |
2891 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, |
2892 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, |
2893 | |
2894 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, |
2895 | |
2896 | NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, |
2897 | |
2898 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, |
2899 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, |
2900 | NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, |
2901 | NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, |
2902 | |
2903 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, |
2904 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
2905 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
2906 | |
2907 | NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, |
2908 | |
2909 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, |
2910 | |
2911 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, |
2912 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, |
2913 | |
2914 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, |
2915 | |
2916 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, |
2917 | |
2918 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, |
2919 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, |
2920 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, |
2921 | |
2922 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
2923 | |
2924 | NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, |
2925 | NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
2926 | |
2927 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, |
2928 | |
2929 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
2930 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, |
2931 | NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ |
2932 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS, |
2933 | |
2934 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, |
2935 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, |
2936 | |
2937 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, |
2938 | |
2939 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, |
2940 | NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
2941 | NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, |
2942 | NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, |
2943 | |
2944 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, |
2945 | |
2946 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
2947 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, |
2948 | |
2949 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, |
2950 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, |
2951 | |
2952 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, |
2953 | |
2954 | |
2955 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, |
2956 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, |
2957 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, |
2958 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, |
2959 | |
2960 | NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, |
2961 | |
2962 | NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, |
2963 | |
2964 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, |
2965 | |
2966 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
2967 | |
2968 | NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, |
2969 | |
2970 | NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
2971 | |
2972 | NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, |
2973 | NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, |
2974 | |
2975 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, |
2976 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, |
2977 | NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
2978 | NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, |
2979 | |
2980 | NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, |
2981 | NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, |
2982 | |
2983 | NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, |
2984 | |
2985 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY, |
2986 | NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, |
2987 | |
2988 | NL80211_ATTR_PID, |
2989 | |
2990 | NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, |
2991 | |
2992 | NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, |
2993 | |
2994 | NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, |
2995 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, |
2996 | |
2997 | NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, |
2998 | |
2999 | NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, |
3000 | |
3001 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, |
3002 | |
3003 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, |
3004 | |
3005 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, |
3006 | |
3007 | NL80211_ATTR_ACK, |
3008 | |
3009 | NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, |
3010 | |
3011 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM, |
3012 | |
3013 | NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, |
3014 | |
3015 | NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, |
3016 | |
3017 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, |
3018 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, |
3019 | |
3020 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, |
3021 | NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, |
3022 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, |
3023 | |
3024 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
3025 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, |
3026 | |
3027 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, |
3028 | |
3029 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, |
3030 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, |
3031 | |
3032 | NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, |
3033 | |
3034 | NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, |
3035 | |
3036 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, |
3037 | |
3038 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
3039 | |
3040 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, |
3041 | |
3042 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, |
3043 | |
3044 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, |
3045 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, |
3046 | |
3047 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, |
3048 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, |
3049 | |
3050 | NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, |
3051 | NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, |
3052 | |
3053 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, |
3054 | |
3055 | NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, |
3056 | NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, |
3057 | |
3058 | NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, |
3059 | |
3060 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, |
3061 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
3062 | |
3063 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, |
3064 | |
3065 | NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, |
3066 | |
3067 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, |
3068 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, |
3069 | |
3070 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, |
3071 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, |
3072 | |
3073 | NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, |
3074 | |
3075 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, |
3076 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, |
3077 | |
3078 | NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
3079 | |
3080 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, |
3081 | |
3082 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, |
3083 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, |
3084 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, |
3085 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, |
3086 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, |
3087 | |
3088 | NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, |
3089 | |
3090 | NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, |
3091 | |
3092 | NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, |
3093 | |
3094 | NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, |
3095 | |
3096 | NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, |
3097 | |
3098 | NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, |
3099 | |
3100 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, |
3101 | NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
3102 | |
3103 | NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, |
3104 | |
3105 | NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
3106 | |
3107 | NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, |
3108 | |
3109 | NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
3110 | |
3111 | NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, |
3112 | |
3113 | NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, |
3114 | |
3115 | NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, |
3116 | |
3117 | NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, |
3118 | |
3119 | NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, |
3120 | |
3121 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, |
3122 | |
3123 | NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, |
3124 | NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, |
3125 | NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, |
3126 | |
3127 | NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, |
3128 | NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, |
3129 | |
3130 | NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, |
3131 | |
3132 | NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, |
3133 | |
3134 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, |
3135 | |
3136 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, |
3137 | |
3138 | NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, |
3139 | |
3140 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, |
3141 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, |
3142 | |
3143 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, |
3144 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, |
3145 | |
3146 | NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
3147 | NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, |
3148 | |
3149 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, |
3150 | NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
3151 | |
3152 | NL80211_ATTR_MDID, |
3153 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, |
3154 | |
3155 | NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, |
3156 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, |
3157 | |
3158 | NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, |
3159 | |
3160 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
3161 | |
3162 | NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, |
3163 | NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, |
3164 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, |
3165 | NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, |
3166 | NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, |
3167 | |
3168 | NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, |
3169 | |
3170 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, |
3171 | |
3172 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, |
3173 | |
3174 | NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, |
3175 | |
3176 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, |
3177 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, |
3178 | |
3179 | NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, |
3180 | |
3181 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, |
3182 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, |
3183 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
3184 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, |
3185 | |
3186 | NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, |
3187 | |
3188 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, |
3189 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, |
3190 | |
3191 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, |
3192 | |
3193 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, |
3194 | |
3195 | NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, |
3196 | |
3197 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, |
3198 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, |
3199 | |
3200 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, |
3201 | |
3202 | NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, |
3203 | |
3204 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, |
3205 | |
3206 | NL80211_ATTR_TSID, |
3207 | NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, |
3208 | NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, |
3209 | |
3210 | NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, |
3211 | |
3212 | NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, |
3213 | |
3214 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, |
3215 | |
3216 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, |
3217 | |
3218 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, |
3219 | |
3220 | NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, |
3221 | |
3222 | NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, |
3223 | |
3224 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, |
3225 | |
3226 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, |
3227 | |
3228 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, |
3229 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, |
3230 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, |
3231 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, |
3232 | |
3233 | NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, |
3234 | |
3235 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, |
3236 | |
3237 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, |
3238 | |
3239 | NL80211_ATTR_PAD, |
3240 | |
3241 | NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, |
3242 | |
3243 | NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, |
3244 | NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, |
3245 | |
3246 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, |
3247 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, |
3248 | NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, |
3249 | NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, |
3250 | |
3251 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, |
3252 | |
3253 | NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, |
3254 | NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, |
3255 | NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, |
3256 | NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, |
3257 | |
3258 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, |
3259 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, |
3260 | |
3261 | NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, |
3262 | |
3263 | NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, |
3264 | |
3265 | , |
3266 | , |
3267 | |
3268 | NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, |
3269 | |
3270 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, |
3271 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, |
3272 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, |
3273 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, |
3274 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, |
3275 | |
3276 | NL80211_ATTR_PMK, |
3277 | |
3278 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, |
3279 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, |
3280 | |
3281 | NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, |
3282 | NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, |
3283 | NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, |
3284 | |
3285 | NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, |
3286 | NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, |
3287 | |
3288 | NL80211_ATTR_NSS, |
3289 | NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, |
3290 | |
3291 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, |
3292 | |
3293 | NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, |
3294 | NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, |
3295 | NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, |
3296 | NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, |
3297 | |
3298 | NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, |
3299 | |
3300 | NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, |
3301 | |
3302 | NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, |
3303 | |
3304 | NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, |
3305 | |
3306 | NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, |
3307 | |
3308 | NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, |
3309 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, |
3310 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, |
3311 | |
3312 | NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, |
3313 | |
3314 | NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, |
3315 | |
3316 | NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, |
3317 | |
3318 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, |
3319 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, |
3320 | |
3321 | NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, |
3322 | |
3323 | NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, |
3324 | |
3325 | NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, |
3326 | |
3327 | NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, |
3328 | |
3329 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, |
3330 | |
3331 | NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, |
3332 | NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, |
3333 | |
3334 | NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, |
3335 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, |
3336 | NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, |
3337 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, |
3338 | |
3339 | NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, |
3340 | |
3341 | NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, |
3342 | |
3343 | NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, |
3344 | |
3345 | NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, |
3346 | NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
3347 | |
3348 | NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, |
3349 | |
3350 | NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, |
3351 | |
3352 | NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, |
3353 | |
3354 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, |
3355 | |
3356 | NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, |
3357 | |
3358 | NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, |
3359 | NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, |
3360 | NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, |
3361 | |
3362 | NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, |
3363 | NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, |
3364 | |
3365 | NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, |
3366 | |
3367 | NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, |
3368 | |
3369 | NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, |
3370 | |
3371 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, |
3372 | |
3373 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, |
3374 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, |
3375 | NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, |
3376 | |
3377 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, |
3378 | |
3379 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, |
3380 | |
3381 | NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, |
3382 | NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, |
3383 | |
3384 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, |
3385 | NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, |
3386 | NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, |
3387 | |
3388 | NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, |
3389 | |
3390 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, |
3391 | NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, |
3392 | |
3393 | NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, |
3394 | |
3395 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, |
3396 | |
3397 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, |
3398 | |
3399 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, |
3400 | NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, |
3401 | |
3402 | NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, |
3403 | |
3404 | /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ |
3405 | |
3406 | __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
3407 | NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
3408 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
3409 | }; |
3410 | |
3411 | /* source-level API compatibility */ |
3412 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION |
3413 | #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG |
3414 | #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER |
3415 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA |
3416 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON |
3417 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP |
3418 | |
3419 | /* |
3420 | * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them |
3421 | * here |
3422 | */ |
3423 | #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
3424 | #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY |
3425 | #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES |
3426 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS |
3427 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
3428 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE |
3429 | #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE |
3430 | #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE |
3431 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR |
3432 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE |
3433 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME |
3434 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID |
3435 | #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE |
3436 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE |
3437 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE |
3438 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP |
3439 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS |
3440 | #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES |
3441 | #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY |
3442 | #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS |
3443 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
3444 | |
3445 | #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 |
3446 | |
3447 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 |
3448 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 |
3449 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 |
3450 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 |
3451 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 |
3452 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 |
3453 | #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 |
3454 | #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 |
3455 | #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 |
3456 | #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 |
3457 | #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 |
3458 | |
3459 | /* |
3460 | * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES |
3461 | * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. |
3462 | */ |
3463 | #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 |
3464 | #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 |
3465 | #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 |
3466 | |
3467 | #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 |
3468 | |
3469 | /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ |
3470 | #define -300 |
3471 | |
3472 | #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 |
3473 | |
3474 | /** |
3475 | * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types |
3476 | * |
3477 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides |
3478 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member |
3479 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member |
3480 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point |
3481 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces |
3482 | * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing |
3483 | * AP type interface. |
3484 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface |
3485 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames |
3486 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point |
3487 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client |
3488 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner |
3489 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev |
3490 | * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the |
3491 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE |
3492 | * commands to create and destroy one |
3493 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS |
3494 | * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true |
3495 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) |
3496 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined |
3497 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types |
3498 | * |
3499 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE |
3500 | * to set the type of an interface. |
3501 | * |
3502 | */ |
3503 | enum nl80211_iftype { |
3504 | NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, |
3505 | NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, |
3506 | NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, |
3507 | NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, |
3508 | NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, |
3509 | NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, |
3510 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, |
3511 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, |
3512 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, |
3513 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, |
3514 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, |
3515 | NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, |
3516 | NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, |
3517 | |
3518 | /* keep last */ |
3519 | NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, |
3520 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 |
3521 | }; |
3522 | |
3523 | /** |
3524 | * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags |
3525 | * |
3526 | * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is |
3527 | * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) |
3528 | * |
3529 | * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3530 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) |
3531 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames |
3532 | * with short barker preamble |
3533 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable |
3534 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection |
3535 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated |
3536 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should |
3537 | * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the |
3538 | * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and |
3539 | * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected |
3540 | * as errors.) |
3541 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers |
3542 | * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a |
3543 | * previously added station into associated state |
3544 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs |
3545 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined |
3546 | * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
3547 | */ |
3548 | enum nl80211_sta_flags { |
3549 | __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, |
3550 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, |
3551 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
3552 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, |
3553 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, |
3554 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, |
3555 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, |
3556 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, |
3557 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, |
3558 | |
3559 | /* keep last */ |
3560 | __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
3561 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
3562 | }; |
3563 | |
3564 | /** |
3565 | * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS |
3566 | * |
3567 | * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism |
3568 | * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism |
3569 | * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values |
3570 | */ |
3571 | enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { |
3572 | NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, |
3573 | NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, |
3574 | |
3575 | NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, |
3576 | }; |
3577 | |
3578 | #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER |
3579 | |
3580 | /** |
3581 | * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set |
3582 | * @mask: mask of station flags to set |
3583 | * @set: which values to set them to |
3584 | * |
3585 | * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. |
3586 | */ |
3587 | struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { |
3588 | __u32 mask; |
3589 | __u32 set; |
3590 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
3591 | |
3592 | /** |
3593 | * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval |
3594 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec |
3595 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec |
3596 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec |
3597 | */ |
3598 | enum nl80211_he_gi { |
3599 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, |
3600 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, |
3601 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, |
3602 | }; |
3603 | |
3604 | /** |
3605 | * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field |
3606 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec |
3607 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec |
3608 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec |
3609 | */ |
3610 | enum nl80211_he_ltf { |
3611 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, |
3612 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, |
3613 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, |
3614 | }; |
3615 | |
3616 | /** |
3617 | * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values |
3618 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation |
3619 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation |
3620 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation |
3621 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation |
3622 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation |
3623 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation |
3624 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation |
3625 | */ |
3626 | enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { |
3627 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, |
3628 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, |
3629 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, |
3630 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, |
3631 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, |
3632 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, |
3633 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, |
3634 | }; |
3635 | |
3636 | /** |
3637 | * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval |
3638 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec |
3639 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec |
3640 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec |
3641 | */ |
3642 | enum nl80211_eht_gi { |
3643 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, |
3644 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, |
3645 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, |
3646 | }; |
3647 | |
3648 | /** |
3649 | * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values |
3650 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation |
3651 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation |
3652 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation |
3653 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation |
3654 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation |
3655 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation |
3656 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation |
3657 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation |
3658 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation |
3659 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation |
3660 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation |
3661 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation |
3662 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation |
3663 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation |
3664 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation |
3665 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation |
3666 | */ |
3667 | enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { |
3668 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, |
3669 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, |
3670 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, |
3671 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, |
3672 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, |
3673 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, |
3674 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, |
3675 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, |
3676 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, |
3677 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, |
3678 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, |
3679 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, |
3680 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, |
3681 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, |
3682 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, |
3683 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /** |
3687 | * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information |
3688 | * |
3689 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE |
3690 | * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
3691 | * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents |
3692 | * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. |
3693 | * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported |
3694 | * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits |
3695 | * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. |
3696 | * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall |
3697 | * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. |
3698 | * |
3699 | * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3700 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) |
3701 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) |
3702 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate |
3703 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
3704 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) |
3705 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined |
3706 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) |
3707 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) |
3708 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate |
3709 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the |
3710 | * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates |
3711 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate |
3712 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is |
3713 | * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
3714 | * half the base (20 MHz) rate |
3715 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is |
3716 | * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
3717 | * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate |
3718 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) |
3719 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) |
3720 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier |
3721 | * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) |
3722 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) |
3723 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then |
3724 | * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) |
3725 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate |
3726 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) |
3727 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) |
3728 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier |
3729 | * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) |
3730 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then |
3731 | * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) |
3732 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) |
3733 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) |
3734 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate |
3735 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate |
3736 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate |
3737 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate |
3738 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate |
3739 | * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
3740 | */ |
3741 | enum nl80211_rate_info { |
3742 | __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, |
3743 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, |
3744 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, |
3745 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3746 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, |
3747 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, |
3748 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, |
3749 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, |
3750 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3751 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3752 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3753 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3754 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3755 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, |
3756 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, |
3757 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, |
3758 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, |
3759 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, |
3760 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3761 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, |
3762 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, |
3763 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, |
3764 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, |
3765 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, |
3766 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, |
3767 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3768 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3769 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3770 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3771 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, |
3772 | |
3773 | /* keep last */ |
3774 | __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
3775 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
3776 | }; |
3777 | |
3778 | /** |
3779 | * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA |
3780 | * |
3781 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM |
3782 | * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
3783 | * |
3784 | * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3785 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) |
3786 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
3787 | * (flag) |
3788 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
3789 | * (flag) |
3790 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) |
3791 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) |
3792 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined |
3793 | * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
3794 | */ |
3795 | enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { |
3796 | __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, |
3797 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, |
3798 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
3799 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
3800 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, |
3801 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
3802 | |
3803 | /* keep last */ |
3804 | __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, |
3805 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
3806 | }; |
3807 | |
3808 | /** |
3809 | * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information |
3810 | * |
3811 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO |
3812 | * when getting information about a station. |
3813 | * |
3814 | * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3815 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) |
3816 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
3817 | * (u32, from this station) |
3818 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
3819 | * (u32, to this station) |
3820 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
3821 | * (u64, from this station) |
3822 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
3823 | * (u64, to this station) |
3824 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) |
3825 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute |
3826 | * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info |
3827 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
3828 | * (u32, from this station) |
3829 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
3830 | * (u32, to this station) |
3831 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) |
3832 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) |
3833 | * (u32, to this station) |
3834 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) |
3835 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID |
3836 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID |
3837 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station |
3838 | * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) |
3839 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested |
3840 | * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. |
3841 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute |
3842 | * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param |
3843 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected |
3844 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
3845 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) |
3846 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) |
3847 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
3848 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode |
3849 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards |
3850 | * non-peer STA |
3851 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU |
3852 | * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) |
3853 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average |
3854 | * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. |
3855 | * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the |
3856 | * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) |
3857 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons |
3858 | * (u64) |
3859 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) |
3860 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average |
3861 | * for beacons only (u8, dBm) |
3862 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) |
3863 | * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the |
3864 | * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; |
3865 | * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats |
3866 | * attributes carrying the actual values. |
3867 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames |
3868 | * received from the station (u64, usec) |
3869 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
3870 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) |
3871 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) |
3872 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) |
3873 | * (u32, from this station) |
3874 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received |
3875 | * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include |
3876 | * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter |
3877 | * might not be fully accurate. |
3878 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a |
3879 | * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) |
3880 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames |
3881 | * sent to the station (u64, usec) |
3882 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) |
3883 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station |
3884 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) |
3885 | * of STA's association |
3886 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a |
3887 | * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) |
3888 | * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal |
3889 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute |
3890 | */ |
3891 | enum nl80211_sta_info { |
3892 | __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, |
3893 | NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, |
3894 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, |
3895 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, |
3896 | NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, |
3897 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, |
3898 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, |
3899 | NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, |
3900 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, |
3901 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, |
3902 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, |
3903 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, |
3904 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, |
3905 | NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, |
3906 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, |
3907 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, |
3908 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, |
3909 | NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, |
3910 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, |
3911 | NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, |
3912 | NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, |
3913 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, |
3914 | NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, |
3915 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, |
3916 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, |
3917 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, |
3918 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, |
3919 | NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, |
3920 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, |
3921 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, |
3922 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, |
3923 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, |
3924 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, |
3925 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, |
3926 | NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, |
3927 | NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, |
3928 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, |
3929 | NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, |
3930 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, |
3931 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, |
3932 | NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, |
3933 | NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, |
3934 | NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, |
3935 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, |
3936 | |
3937 | /* keep last */ |
3938 | __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
3939 | NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
3940 | }; |
3941 | |
3942 | /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ |
3943 | #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG |
3944 | |
3945 | |
3946 | /** |
3947 | * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes |
3948 | * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3949 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) |
3950 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or |
3951 | * attempted to transmit; u64) |
3952 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for |
3953 | * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) |
3954 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted |
3955 | * MSDUs (u64) |
3956 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
3957 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) |
3958 | * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here |
3959 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here |
3960 | */ |
3961 | enum nl80211_tid_stats { |
3962 | __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, |
3963 | NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, |
3964 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, |
3965 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, |
3966 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, |
3967 | NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, |
3968 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, |
3969 | |
3970 | /* keep last */ |
3971 | NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, |
3972 | NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 |
3973 | }; |
3974 | |
3975 | /** |
3976 | * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes |
3977 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
3978 | * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here |
3979 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged |
3980 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently |
3981 | * backlogged |
3982 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen |
3983 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops |
3984 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks |
3985 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow |
3986 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow |
3987 | * (only for per-phy stats) |
3988 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions |
3989 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ |
3990 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ |
3991 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY |
3992 | * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here |
3993 | */ |
3994 | enum nl80211_txq_stats { |
3995 | __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, |
3996 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, |
3997 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, |
3998 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, |
3999 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, |
4000 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, |
4001 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, |
4002 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, |
4003 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, |
4004 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, |
4005 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, |
4006 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, |
4007 | |
4008 | /* keep last */ |
4009 | NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, |
4010 | NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 |
4011 | }; |
4012 | |
4013 | /** |
4014 | * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags |
4015 | * |
4016 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active |
4017 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running |
4018 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN |
4019 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set |
4020 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded |
4021 | */ |
4022 | enum nl80211_mpath_flags { |
4023 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, |
4024 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, |
4025 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, |
4026 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, |
4027 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, |
4028 | }; |
4029 | |
4030 | /** |
4031 | * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information |
4032 | * |
4033 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting |
4034 | * information about a mesh path. |
4035 | * |
4036 | * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4037 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination |
4038 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number |
4039 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
4040 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now |
4041 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in |
4042 | * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; |
4043 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec |
4044 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries |
4045 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination |
4046 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination |
4047 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number |
4048 | * currently defined |
4049 | * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4050 | */ |
4051 | enum nl80211_mpath_info { |
4052 | __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, |
4053 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, |
4054 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, |
4055 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, |
4056 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, |
4057 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, |
4058 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
4059 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, |
4060 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, |
4061 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, |
4062 | |
4063 | /* keep last */ |
4064 | __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
4065 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4066 | }; |
4067 | |
4068 | /** |
4069 | * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes |
4070 | * |
4071 | * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4072 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute |
4073 | * for each interface type that supports the band data |
4074 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE |
4075 | * capabilities IE |
4076 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE |
4077 | * capabilities IE |
4078 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE |
4079 | * capabilities IE |
4080 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as |
4081 | * defined in HE capabilities IE |
4082 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), |
4083 | * given for all 6 GHz band channels |
4084 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are |
4085 | * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) |
4086 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT |
4087 | * capabilities element |
4088 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT |
4089 | * capabilities element |
4090 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT |
4091 | * capabilities element |
4092 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as |
4093 | * defined in EHT capabilities element |
4094 | * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4095 | * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined |
4096 | */ |
4097 | enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { |
4098 | __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, |
4099 | |
4100 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, |
4101 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, |
4102 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, |
4103 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, |
4104 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, |
4105 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, |
4106 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, |
4107 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, |
4108 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, |
4109 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, |
4110 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, |
4111 | |
4112 | /* keep last */ |
4113 | __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4114 | NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4115 | }; |
4116 | |
4117 | /** |
4118 | * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes |
4119 | * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4120 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, |
4121 | * an array of nested frequency attributes |
4122 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, |
4123 | * an array of nested bitrate attributes |
4124 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
4125 | * defined in 802.11n |
4126 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
4127 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n |
4128 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n |
4129 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
4130 | * defined in 802.11ac |
4131 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
4132 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using |
4133 | * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr |
4134 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz |
4135 | * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. |
4136 | * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. |
4137 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes |
4138 | * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. |
4139 | * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. |
4140 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS |
4141 | * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes |
4142 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the |
4143 | * S1G information IE, 10 bytes |
4144 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined |
4145 | * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4146 | */ |
4147 | enum nl80211_band_attr { |
4148 | __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, |
4149 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, |
4150 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, |
4151 | |
4152 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, |
4153 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, |
4154 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, |
4155 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, |
4156 | |
4157 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, |
4158 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, |
4159 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, |
4160 | |
4161 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, |
4162 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, |
4163 | |
4164 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, |
4165 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, |
4166 | |
4167 | /* keep last */ |
4168 | __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4169 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4170 | }; |
4171 | |
4172 | #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA |
4173 | |
4174 | /** |
4175 | * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule |
4176 | * |
4177 | * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4178 | * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. |
4179 | * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. |
4180 | * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. |
4181 | * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. |
4182 | * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. |
4183 | * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. |
4184 | */ |
4185 | enum nl80211_wmm_rule { |
4186 | __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, |
4187 | NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, |
4188 | NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, |
4189 | NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, |
4190 | NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, |
4191 | |
4192 | /* keep last */ |
4193 | __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, |
4194 | NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 |
4195 | }; |
4196 | |
4197 | /** |
4198 | * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes |
4199 | * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4200 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz |
4201 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current |
4202 | * regulatory domain. |
4203 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation |
4204 | * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe |
4205 | * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. |
4206 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory |
4207 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4208 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm |
4209 | * (100 * dBm). |
4210 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS |
4211 | * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) |
4212 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long |
4213 | * this channel is in this DFS state. |
4214 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this |
4215 | * channel as the control channel |
4216 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this |
4217 | * channel as the control channel |
4218 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel |
4219 | * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, |
4220 | * this includes 80+80 channels |
4221 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel |
4222 | * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels |
4223 | * isn't possible |
4224 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
4225 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this |
4226 | * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be |
4227 | * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in |
4228 | * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not |
4229 | * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master |
4230 | * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. |
4231 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this |
4232 | * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on |
4233 | * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz |
4234 | * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS |
4235 | * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be |
4236 | * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under |
4237 | * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS |
4238 | * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and |
4239 | * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., |
4240 | * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this |
4241 | * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). |
4242 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed |
4243 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4244 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed |
4245 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4246 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. |
4247 | * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. |
4248 | * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) |
4249 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel |
4250 | * in current regulatory domain. |
4251 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz |
4252 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed |
4253 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4254 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed |
4255 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4256 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed |
4257 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4258 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed |
4259 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4260 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed |
4261 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4262 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel |
4263 | * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible |
4264 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel |
4265 | * in current regulatory domain. |
4266 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that |
4267 | * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
4268 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is |
4269 | * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control |
4270 | * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 |
4271 | * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. |
4272 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP |
4273 | * not allowed using this channel |
4274 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP |
4275 | * not allowed using this channel |
4276 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor |
4277 | * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is |
4278 | * otherwise completely disabled. |
4279 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number |
4280 | * currently defined |
4281 | * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4282 | * |
4283 | * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 |
4284 | * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed |
4285 | * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and |
4286 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. |
4287 | */ |
4288 | enum nl80211_frequency_attr { |
4289 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, |
4290 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, |
4291 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, |
4292 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, |
4293 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, |
4294 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, |
4295 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, |
4296 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, |
4297 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, |
4298 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, |
4299 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, |
4300 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, |
4301 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, |
4302 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
4303 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, |
4304 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, |
4305 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, |
4306 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, |
4307 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, |
4308 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, |
4309 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, |
4310 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, |
4311 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, |
4312 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, |
4313 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, |
4314 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, |
4315 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, |
4316 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, |
4317 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, |
4318 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, |
4319 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, |
4320 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, |
4321 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, |
4322 | |
4323 | /* keep last */ |
4324 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4325 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4326 | }; |
4327 | |
4328 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER |
4329 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
4330 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
4331 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
4332 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ |
4333 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
4334 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ |
4335 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT |
4336 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ |
4337 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT |
4338 | |
4339 | /** |
4340 | * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes |
4341 | * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4342 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps |
4343 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported |
4344 | * in 2.4 GHz band. |
4345 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number |
4346 | * currently defined |
4347 | * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4348 | */ |
4349 | enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { |
4350 | __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, |
4351 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, |
4352 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, |
4353 | |
4354 | /* keep last */ |
4355 | __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4356 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4357 | }; |
4358 | |
4359 | /** |
4360 | * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request |
4361 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world |
4362 | * regulatory domain. |
4363 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the |
4364 | * regulatory domain. |
4365 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the |
4366 | * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. |
4367 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an |
4368 | * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it |
4369 | * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country |
4370 | * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information |
4371 | * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. |
4372 | * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should |
4373 | * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. |
4374 | */ |
4375 | enum nl80211_reg_initiator { |
4376 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, |
4377 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, |
4378 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, |
4379 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, |
4380 | }; |
4381 | |
4382 | /** |
4383 | * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain |
4384 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains |
4385 | * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the |
4386 | * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. |
4387 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory |
4388 | * domain. |
4389 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom |
4390 | * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide |
4391 | * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested |
4392 | * them to be applied. |
4393 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product |
4394 | * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously |
4395 | * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory |
4396 | * domain request to be processed. |
4397 | */ |
4398 | enum nl80211_reg_type { |
4399 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, |
4400 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, |
4401 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, |
4402 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, |
4403 | }; |
4404 | |
4405 | /** |
4406 | * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes |
4407 | * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4408 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional |
4409 | * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the |
4410 | * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. |
4411 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory |
4412 | * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory |
4413 | * band edge. |
4414 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule |
4415 | * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory |
4416 | * band edge. |
4417 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this |
4418 | * frequency range, in KHz. |
4419 | * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain |
4420 | * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). |
4421 | * If you don't have one then don't send this. |
4422 | * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for |
4423 | * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). |
4424 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
4425 | * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. |
4426 | * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). |
4427 | * This could be negative. |
4428 | * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number |
4429 | * currently defined |
4430 | * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4431 | */ |
4432 | enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { |
4433 | __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, |
4434 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, |
4435 | |
4436 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, |
4437 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, |
4438 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, |
4439 | |
4440 | NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, |
4441 | NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, |
4442 | |
4443 | NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
4444 | |
4445 | NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, |
4446 | |
4447 | /* keep last */ |
4448 | __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4449 | NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4450 | }; |
4451 | |
4452 | /** |
4453 | * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes |
4454 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4455 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, |
4456 | * only report BSS with matching SSID. |
4457 | * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) |
4458 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a |
4459 | * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that |
4460 | * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as |
4461 | * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a |
4462 | * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with |
4463 | * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, |
4464 | * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this |
4465 | * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. |
4466 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether |
4467 | * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or |
4468 | * relative to current bss's RSSI. |
4469 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for |
4470 | * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
4471 | * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure |
4472 | * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
4473 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching |
4474 | * (this cannot be used together with SSID). |
4475 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete |
4476 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter |
4477 | * attribute number currently defined |
4478 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4479 | */ |
4480 | enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { |
4481 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, |
4482 | |
4483 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, |
4484 | , |
4485 | , |
4486 | , |
4487 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, |
4488 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ |
4489 | |
4490 | /* keep last */ |
4491 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4492 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = |
4493 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4494 | }; |
4495 | |
4496 | /* only for backward compatibility */ |
4497 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID |
4498 | |
4499 | /** |
4500 | * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags |
4501 | * |
4502 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed |
4503 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed |
4504 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed |
4505 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed |
4506 | * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used |
4507 | * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links |
4508 | * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links |
4509 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, |
4510 | * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require |
4511 | * beaconing. |
4512 | * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated |
4513 | * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross |
4514 | * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. |
4515 | * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
4516 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation |
4517 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation |
4518 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed |
4519 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed |
4520 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed |
4521 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed |
4522 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed |
4523 | * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value |
4524 | * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for |
4525 | peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master |
4526 | which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). |
4527 | Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. |
4528 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed |
4529 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed |
4530 | */ |
4531 | enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { |
4532 | NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, |
4533 | NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, |
4534 | NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, |
4535 | NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, |
4536 | NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, |
4537 | NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, |
4538 | NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, |
4539 | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, |
4540 | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, |
4541 | NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, |
4542 | NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, |
4543 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, |
4544 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, |
4545 | NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, |
4546 | NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, |
4547 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, |
4548 | NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, |
4549 | NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1<<19, |
4550 | NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1<<20, |
4551 | NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21, |
4552 | NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22, |
4553 | NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23, |
4554 | }; |
4555 | |
4556 | #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
4557 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
4558 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
4559 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ |
4560 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) |
4561 | #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT |
4562 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT |
4563 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT |
4564 | |
4565 | /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ |
4566 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) |
4567 | |
4568 | /** |
4569 | * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions |
4570 | * |
4571 | * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified |
4572 | * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC |
4573 | * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI |
4574 | * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec |
4575 | */ |
4576 | enum nl80211_dfs_regions { |
4577 | NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, |
4578 | NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, |
4579 | NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, |
4580 | NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, |
4581 | }; |
4582 | |
4583 | /** |
4584 | * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint |
4585 | * |
4586 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always |
4587 | * assumed if the attribute is not set. |
4588 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular |
4589 | * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work |
4590 | * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints |
4591 | * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature |
4592 | * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will |
4593 | * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device |
4594 | * present has been registered with the wireless core that |
4595 | * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a |
4596 | * supported feature. |
4597 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the |
4598 | * platform is operating in an indoor environment. |
4599 | */ |
4600 | enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { |
4601 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, |
4602 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, |
4603 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, |
4604 | }; |
4605 | |
4606 | /** |
4607 | * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information |
4608 | * |
4609 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO |
4610 | * when getting information about a survey. |
4611 | * |
4612 | * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
4613 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel |
4614 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) |
4615 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
4616 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio |
4617 | * was turned on (on channel or globally) |
4618 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary |
4619 | * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) |
4620 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension |
4621 | * channel was sensed busy |
4622 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent |
4623 | * receiving data (on channel or globally) |
4624 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent |
4625 | * transmitting data (on channel or globally) |
4626 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan |
4627 | * (on this channel or globally) |
4628 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
4629 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent |
4630 | * receiving frames destined to the local BSS |
4631 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number |
4632 | * currently defined |
4633 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz |
4634 | * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4635 | */ |
4636 | enum nl80211_survey_info { |
4637 | __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, |
4638 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, |
4639 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, |
4640 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, |
4641 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, |
4642 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, |
4643 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, |
4644 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, |
4645 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, |
4646 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, |
4647 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, |
4648 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, |
4649 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, |
4650 | |
4651 | /* keep last */ |
4652 | __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
4653 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4654 | }; |
4655 | |
4656 | /* keep old names for compatibility */ |
4657 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME |
4658 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY |
4659 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY |
4660 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX |
4661 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX |
4662 | |
4663 | /** |
4664 | * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags |
4665 | * |
4666 | * Monitor configuration flags. |
4667 | * |
4668 | * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved |
4669 | * |
4670 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
4671 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
4672 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
4673 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
4674 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. |
4675 | * overrides all other flags. |
4676 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address |
4677 | * and ACK incoming unicast packets. |
4678 | * |
4679 | * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4680 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag |
4681 | */ |
4682 | enum nl80211_mntr_flags { |
4683 | __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
4684 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
4685 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
4686 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
4687 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
4688 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
4689 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
4690 | |
4691 | /* keep last */ |
4692 | __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
4693 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4694 | }; |
4695 | |
4696 | /** |
4697 | * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes |
4698 | * |
4699 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is |
4700 | * not known or has not been set yet. |
4701 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is |
4702 | * in Awake state all the time. |
4703 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
4704 | * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for |
4705 | * neighbor's beacons. |
4706 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
4707 | * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up |
4708 | * for neighbor's beacons. |
4709 | * |
4710 | * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use |
4711 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level |
4712 | */ |
4713 | |
4714 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { |
4715 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, |
4716 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, |
4717 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, |
4718 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, |
4719 | |
4720 | __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, |
4721 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4722 | }; |
4723 | |
4724 | /** |
4725 | * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters |
4726 | * |
4727 | * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is |
4728 | * active. |
4729 | * |
4730 | * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use |
4731 | * |
4732 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in |
4733 | * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message |
4734 | * |
4735 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in |
4736 | * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link |
4737 | * |
4738 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in |
4739 | * millisecond units |
4740 | * |
4741 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed |
4742 | * on this mesh interface |
4743 | * |
4744 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link |
4745 | * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a |
4746 | * mesh |
4747 | * |
4748 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh |
4749 | * point. |
4750 | * |
4751 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open |
4752 | * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if |
4753 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are |
4754 | * set. |
4755 | * |
4756 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames |
4757 | * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path |
4758 | * target) |
4759 | * |
4760 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths |
4761 | * (in milliseconds) |
4762 | * |
4763 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait |
4764 | * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) |
4765 | * |
4766 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh |
4767 | * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from |
4768 | * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
4769 | * |
4770 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
4771 | * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
4772 | * reference element |
4773 | * |
4774 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) |
4775 | * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the |
4776 | * mesh |
4777 | * |
4778 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not |
4779 | * |
4780 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a |
4781 | * source mesh point for path selection elements. |
4782 | * |
4783 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
4784 | * root announcements are transmitted. |
4785 | * |
4786 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has |
4787 | * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root |
4788 | * Announcement frames. |
4789 | * |
4790 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
4791 | * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a |
4792 | * PERR element. |
4793 | * |
4794 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding |
4795 | * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
4796 | * |
4797 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the |
4798 | * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish |
4799 | * a peer link. |
4800 | * |
4801 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors |
4802 | * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
4803 | * (see 11C.12.2.2) |
4804 | * |
4805 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. |
4806 | * |
4807 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute |
4808 | * |
4809 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for |
4810 | * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding |
4811 | * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. |
4812 | * |
4813 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
4814 | * proactive PREQs are transmitted. |
4815 | * |
4816 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time |
4817 | * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame |
4818 | * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
4819 | * |
4820 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. |
4821 | * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) |
4822 | * |
4823 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) |
4824 | * |
4825 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've |
4826 | * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then |
4827 | * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable |
4828 | * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. |
4829 | * |
4830 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA |
4831 | * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation |
4832 | * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only |
4833 | * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. |
4834 | * |
4835 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. |
4836 | * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that |
4837 | * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be |
4838 | * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable |
4839 | * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. |
4840 | * |
4841 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA |
4842 | * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server |
4843 | * in the mesh formation field. |
4844 | * |
4845 | * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
4846 | */ |
4847 | enum nl80211_meshconf_params { |
4848 | __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, |
4849 | NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, |
4850 | NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, |
4851 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, |
4852 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, |
4853 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, |
4854 | NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, |
4855 | NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, |
4856 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, |
4857 | NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, |
4858 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
4859 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, |
4860 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, |
4861 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, |
4862 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, |
4863 | NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, |
4864 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, |
4865 | NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, |
4866 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, |
4867 | NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, |
4868 | , |
4869 | NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, |
4870 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, |
4871 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, |
4872 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, |
4873 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, |
4874 | NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, |
4875 | NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, |
4876 | NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, |
4877 | NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, |
4878 | NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, |
4879 | NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, |
4880 | |
4881 | /* keep last */ |
4882 | __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4883 | NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4884 | }; |
4885 | |
4886 | /** |
4887 | * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters |
4888 | * |
4889 | * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be |
4890 | * changed while the mesh is active. |
4891 | * |
4892 | * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use |
4893 | * |
4894 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a |
4895 | * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the |
4896 | * default HWMP. |
4897 | * |
4898 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a |
4899 | * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime |
4900 | * metric. |
4901 | * |
4902 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a |
4903 | * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element |
4904 | * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and |
4905 | * metrics in use. |
4906 | * |
4907 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication |
4908 | * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. |
4909 | * |
4910 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication |
4911 | * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of |
4912 | * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of |
4913 | * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer |
4914 | * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE |
4915 | * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and |
4916 | * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can |
4917 | * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a |
4918 | * userspace daemon. |
4919 | * |
4920 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a |
4921 | * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default |
4922 | * neighbor offset synchronization |
4923 | * |
4924 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will |
4925 | * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. |
4926 | * |
4927 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication |
4928 | * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). |
4929 | * Default is no authentication method required. |
4930 | * |
4931 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number |
4932 | * |
4933 | * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use |
4934 | */ |
4935 | enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { |
4936 | __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, |
4937 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, |
4938 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, |
4939 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, |
4940 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
4941 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, |
4942 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, |
4943 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, |
4944 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, |
4945 | |
4946 | /* keep last */ |
4947 | __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4948 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4949 | }; |
4950 | |
4951 | /** |
4952 | * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes |
4953 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved |
4954 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) |
4955 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning |
4956 | * disabled |
4957 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form |
4958 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
4959 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form |
4960 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
4961 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
4962 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal |
4963 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number |
4964 | */ |
4965 | enum nl80211_txq_attr { |
4966 | __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, |
4967 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, |
4968 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, |
4969 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, |
4970 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, |
4971 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, |
4972 | |
4973 | /* keep last */ |
4974 | __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
4975 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
4976 | }; |
4977 | |
4978 | enum nl80211_ac { |
4979 | NL80211_AC_VO, |
4980 | NL80211_AC_VI, |
4981 | NL80211_AC_BE, |
4982 | NL80211_AC_BK, |
4983 | NL80211_NUM_ACS |
4984 | }; |
4985 | |
4986 | /* backward compat */ |
4987 | #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC |
4988 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO |
4989 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI |
4990 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE |
4991 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK |
4992 | |
4993 | /** |
4994 | * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type |
4995 | * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
4996 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel |
4997 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
4998 | * below the control channel |
4999 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
5000 | * above the control channel |
5001 | */ |
5002 | enum nl80211_channel_type { |
5003 | NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, |
5004 | NL80211_CHAN_HT20, |
5005 | NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, |
5006 | NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS |
5007 | }; |
5008 | |
5009 | /** |
5010 | * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode |
5011 | * |
5012 | * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) |
5013 | * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately |
5014 | * |
5015 | * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the |
5016 | * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: |
5017 | * |
5018 | * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: |
5019 | * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet |
5020 | * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: |
5021 | * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes |
5022 | * the preferred Tx key for the station. |
5023 | */ |
5024 | enum nl80211_key_mode { |
5025 | NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, |
5026 | NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, |
5027 | NL80211_KEY_SET_TX |
5028 | }; |
5029 | |
5030 | /** |
5031 | * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions |
5032 | * |
5033 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH |
5034 | * attribute. |
5035 | * |
5036 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
5037 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel |
5038 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
5039 | * attribute must be provided as well |
5040 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
5041 | * attribute must be provided as well |
5042 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
5043 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well |
5044 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
5045 | * attribute must be provided as well |
5046 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel |
5047 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel |
5048 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel |
5049 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel |
5050 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel |
5051 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel |
5052 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel |
5053 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
5054 | * attribute must be provided as well |
5055 | */ |
5056 | enum nl80211_chan_width { |
5057 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, |
5058 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
5059 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, |
5060 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, |
5061 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, |
5062 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, |
5063 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
5064 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
5065 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, |
5066 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, |
5067 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, |
5068 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, |
5069 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, |
5070 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, |
5071 | }; |
5072 | |
5073 | /** |
5074 | * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS |
5075 | * |
5076 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. |
5077 | * |
5078 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible |
5079 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide |
5080 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide |
5081 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide |
5082 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide |
5083 | */ |
5084 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { |
5085 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
5086 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
5087 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
5088 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, |
5089 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, |
5090 | }; |
5091 | |
5092 | /** |
5093 | * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use |
5094 | * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", |
5095 | * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. |
5096 | * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an |
5097 | * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including |
5098 | * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must |
5099 | * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. |
5100 | */ |
5101 | enum nl80211_bss_use_for { |
5102 | NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, |
5103 | NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, |
5104 | }; |
5105 | |
5106 | /** |
5107 | * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a |
5108 | * BSS isn't possible |
5109 | * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't |
5110 | * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. |
5111 | * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting |
5112 | * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. |
5113 | */ |
5114 | enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { |
5115 | NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, |
5116 | NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, |
5117 | }; |
5118 | |
5119 | #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ |
5120 | NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH |
5121 | |
5122 | /** |
5123 | * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS |
5124 | * |
5125 | * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid |
5126 | * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) |
5127 | * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) |
5128 | * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) |
5129 | * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be |
5130 | * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon |
5131 | * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) |
5132 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) |
5133 | * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) |
5134 | * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the |
5135 | * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); |
5136 | * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is |
5137 | * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise |
5138 | * they are from a Beacon frame. |
5139 | * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these |
5140 | * IEs may be from either frame subtype. |
5141 | * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the |
5142 | * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. |
5143 | * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon |
5144 | * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) |
5145 | * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon |
5146 | * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) |
5147 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" |
5148 | * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms |
5149 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information |
5150 | * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has |
5151 | * yet been received |
5152 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel |
5153 | * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! |
5154 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) |
5155 | * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) |
5156 | * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and |
5157 | * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) |
5158 | * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry |
5159 | * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be |
5160 | * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) |
5161 | * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
5162 | * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first |
5163 | * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for |
5164 | * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by |
5165 | * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). |
5166 | * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF |
5167 | * is set. |
5168 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. |
5169 | * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), |
5170 | * using the nesting index as the antenna number. |
5171 | * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz |
5172 | * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). |
5173 | * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. |
5174 | * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be |
5175 | * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. |
5176 | * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot |
5177 | * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, |
5178 | * even though its presence was detected. |
5179 | * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from |
5180 | * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing |
5181 | * if no reasons are specified. |
5182 | * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal |
5183 | * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute |
5184 | */ |
5185 | enum nl80211_bss { |
5186 | __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, |
5187 | NL80211_BSS_BSSID, |
5188 | NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, |
5189 | NL80211_BSS_TSF, |
5190 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
5191 | NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, |
5192 | NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, |
5193 | NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, |
5194 | NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, |
5195 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS, |
5196 | NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, |
5197 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, |
5198 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, |
5199 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, |
5200 | NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, |
5201 | NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, |
5202 | NL80211_BSS_PAD, |
5203 | NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, |
5204 | NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, |
5205 | NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, |
5206 | NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, |
5207 | NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, |
5208 | NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, |
5209 | NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, |
5210 | NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, |
5211 | |
5212 | /* keep last */ |
5213 | __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, |
5214 | NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
5215 | }; |
5216 | |
5217 | /** |
5218 | * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" |
5219 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. |
5220 | * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer |
5221 | * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with |
5222 | * a given BSS. |
5223 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. |
5224 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. |
5225 | * |
5226 | * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which |
5227 | * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. |
5228 | */ |
5229 | enum nl80211_bss_status { |
5230 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, |
5231 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, |
5232 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, |
5233 | }; |
5234 | |
5235 | /** |
5236 | * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType |
5237 | * |
5238 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication |
5239 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) |
5240 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) |
5241 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) |
5242 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals |
5243 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key |
5244 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS |
5245 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key |
5246 | * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal |
5247 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm |
5248 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by |
5249 | * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out |
5250 | * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. |
5251 | */ |
5252 | enum nl80211_auth_type { |
5253 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, |
5254 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, |
5255 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, |
5256 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, |
5257 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, |
5258 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, |
5259 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, |
5260 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, |
5261 | |
5262 | /* keep last */ |
5263 | __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, |
5264 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, |
5265 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC |
5266 | }; |
5267 | |
5268 | /** |
5269 | * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type |
5270 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key |
5271 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key |
5272 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) |
5273 | * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types |
5274 | */ |
5275 | enum nl80211_key_type { |
5276 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, |
5277 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, |
5278 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, |
5279 | |
5280 | NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES |
5281 | }; |
5282 | |
5283 | /** |
5284 | * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state |
5285 | * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used |
5286 | * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required |
5287 | * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional |
5288 | */ |
5289 | enum nl80211_mfp { |
5290 | NL80211_MFP_NO, |
5291 | NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, |
5292 | NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, |
5293 | }; |
5294 | |
5295 | enum nl80211_wpa_versions { |
5296 | NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, |
5297 | NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, |
5298 | NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, |
5299 | }; |
5300 | |
5301 | /** |
5302 | * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types |
5303 | * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid |
5304 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default |
5305 | * unicast key |
5306 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default |
5307 | * multicast key |
5308 | * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types |
5309 | */ |
5310 | enum nl80211_key_default_types { |
5311 | __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, |
5312 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, |
5313 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, |
5314 | |
5315 | NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES |
5316 | }; |
5317 | |
5318 | /** |
5319 | * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes |
5320 | * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid |
5321 | * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
5322 | * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
5323 | * keys |
5324 | * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
5325 | * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
5326 | * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
5327 | * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
5328 | * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
5329 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key |
5330 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key |
5331 | * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not |
5332 | * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was |
5333 | * given with the command using the key or not (u32) |
5334 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
5335 | * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
5336 | * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
5337 | * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. |
5338 | * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. |
5339 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key |
5340 | * |
5341 | * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal |
5342 | * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute |
5343 | */ |
5344 | enum nl80211_key_attributes { |
5345 | __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, |
5346 | NL80211_KEY_DATA, |
5347 | NL80211_KEY_IDX, |
5348 | NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, |
5349 | NL80211_KEY_SEQ, |
5350 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, |
5351 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
5352 | NL80211_KEY_TYPE, |
5353 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
5354 | NL80211_KEY_MODE, |
5355 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, |
5356 | |
5357 | /* keep last */ |
5358 | __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, |
5359 | NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
5360 | }; |
5361 | |
5362 | /** |
5363 | * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes |
5364 | * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid |
5365 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
5366 | * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with |
5367 | * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most |
5368 | * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). |
5369 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
5370 | * in an array of MCS numbers. |
5371 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, |
5372 | * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht |
5373 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi |
5374 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, |
5375 | * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he |
5376 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. |
5377 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. |
5378 | * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal |
5379 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute |
5380 | */ |
5381 | enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { |
5382 | __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, |
5383 | NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, |
5384 | NL80211_TXRATE_HT, |
5385 | NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, |
5386 | NL80211_TXRATE_GI, |
5387 | NL80211_TXRATE_HE, |
5388 | NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, |
5389 | NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, |
5390 | |
5391 | /* keep last */ |
5392 | __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, |
5393 | NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
5394 | }; |
5395 | |
5396 | #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT |
5397 | #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 |
5398 | |
5399 | /** |
5400 | * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap |
5401 | * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) |
5402 | */ |
5403 | struct nl80211_txrate_vht { |
5404 | __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
5405 | }; |
5406 | |
5407 | #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 |
5408 | /** |
5409 | * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap |
5410 | * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) |
5411 | */ |
5412 | struct nl80211_txrate_he { |
5413 | __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; |
5414 | }; |
5415 | |
5416 | enum nl80211_txrate_gi { |
5417 | NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, |
5418 | NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, |
5419 | NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, |
5420 | }; |
5421 | |
5422 | /** |
5423 | * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band |
5424 | * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band |
5425 | * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) |
5426 | * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) |
5427 | * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) |
5428 | * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs |
5429 | * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) |
5430 | * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace |
5431 | * since newer kernel versions may support more bands |
5432 | */ |
5433 | enum nl80211_band { |
5434 | NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, |
5435 | NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, |
5436 | NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, |
5437 | NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, |
5438 | NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, |
5439 | NL80211_BAND_LC, |
5440 | |
5441 | NUM_NL80211_BANDS, |
5442 | }; |
5443 | |
5444 | /** |
5445 | * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state |
5446 | * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled |
5447 | * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled |
5448 | */ |
5449 | enum nl80211_ps_state { |
5450 | NL80211_PS_DISABLED, |
5451 | NL80211_PS_ENABLED, |
5452 | }; |
5453 | |
5454 | /** |
5455 | * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes |
5456 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid |
5457 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies |
5458 | * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero |
5459 | * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is |
5460 | * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of |
5461 | * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value |
5462 | * crosses any of the thresholds. |
5463 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies |
5464 | * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a |
5465 | * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). |
5466 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event |
5467 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many |
5468 | * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer |
5469 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures |
5470 | * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an |
5471 | * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and |
5472 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. |
5473 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given |
5474 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is |
5475 | * checked. |
5476 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic |
5477 | * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and |
5478 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an |
5479 | * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. |
5480 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon |
5481 | * loss event |
5482 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the |
5483 | * RSSI threshold event. |
5484 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal |
5485 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute |
5486 | */ |
5487 | enum nl80211_attr_cqm { |
5488 | __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, |
5489 | , |
5490 | , |
5491 | , |
5492 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, |
5493 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, |
5494 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, |
5495 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, |
5496 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, |
5497 | , |
5498 | |
5499 | /* keep last */ |
5500 | __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, |
5501 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
5502 | }; |
5503 | |
5504 | /** |
5505 | * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event |
5506 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the |
5507 | * configured threshold |
5508 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the |
5509 | * configured threshold |
5510 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) |
5511 | */ |
5512 | enum { |
5513 | , |
5514 | , |
5515 | , |
5516 | }; |
5517 | |
5518 | |
5519 | /** |
5520 | * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment |
5521 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power |
5522 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter |
5523 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter |
5524 | */ |
5525 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { |
5526 | NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, |
5527 | NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, |
5528 | NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, |
5529 | }; |
5530 | |
5531 | /** |
5532 | * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state |
5533 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID |
5534 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID |
5535 | */ |
5536 | enum nl80211_tid_config { |
5537 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, |
5538 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, |
5539 | }; |
5540 | |
5541 | /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type |
5542 | * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate |
5543 | * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter |
5544 | * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter |
5545 | */ |
5546 | enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { |
5547 | NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, |
5548 | NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, |
5549 | NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, |
5550 | }; |
5551 | |
5552 | /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. |
5553 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values |
5554 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported |
5555 | * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic |
5556 | * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). |
5557 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but |
5558 | * per peer instead. |
5559 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates |
5560 | * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer |
5561 | * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations |
5562 | * should be left untouched. |
5563 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) |
5564 | * Its type is u16. |
5565 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. |
5566 | * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. |
5567 | * Its type is u8. |
5568 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame |
5569 | * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in |
5570 | * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and |
5571 | * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on |
5572 | * output in wiphy capabilities. |
5573 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame |
5574 | * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in |
5575 | * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and |
5576 | * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on |
5577 | * output in wiphy capabilities. |
5578 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation |
5579 | * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. |
5580 | * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. |
5581 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs |
5582 | * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using |
5583 | * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. |
5584 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation |
5585 | * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. |
5586 | * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. |
5587 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful |
5588 | * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used |
5589 | * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using |
5590 | * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. |
5591 | * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied |
5592 | * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. |
5593 | * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected |
5594 | * station. |
5595 | */ |
5596 | enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { |
5597 | __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, |
5598 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, |
5599 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, |
5600 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, |
5601 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, |
5602 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, |
5603 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, |
5604 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, |
5605 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, |
5606 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, |
5607 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, |
5608 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, |
5609 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, |
5610 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, |
5611 | |
5612 | /* keep last */ |
5613 | __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
5614 | NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
5615 | }; |
5616 | |
5617 | /** |
5618 | * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute |
5619 | * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
5620 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has |
5621 | * a zero bit are ignored |
5622 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have |
5623 | * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds |
5624 | * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are |
5625 | * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern |
5626 | * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. |
5627 | * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where |
5628 | * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of |
5629 | * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". |
5630 | * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not |
5631 | * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked |
5632 | * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. |
5633 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after |
5634 | * these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
5635 | * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes |
5636 | * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number |
5637 | */ |
5638 | enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { |
5639 | __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, |
5640 | NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, |
5641 | NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, |
5642 | NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, |
5643 | |
5644 | NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, |
5645 | MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, |
5646 | }; |
5647 | |
5648 | /** |
5649 | * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information |
5650 | * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported |
5651 | * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern |
5652 | * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern |
5653 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
5654 | * |
5655 | * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when |
5656 | * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in |
5657 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of |
5658 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given |
5659 | * by the kernel to userspace. |
5660 | */ |
5661 | struct nl80211_pattern_support { |
5662 | __u32 max_patterns; |
5663 | __u32 min_pattern_len; |
5664 | __u32 max_pattern_len; |
5665 | __u32 max_pkt_offset; |
5666 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
5667 | |
5668 | /* only for backward compatibility */ |
5669 | #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID |
5670 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
5671 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN |
5672 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET |
5673 | #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT |
5674 | #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT |
5675 | #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support |
5676 | |
5677 | /** |
5678 | * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions |
5679 | * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
5680 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put |
5681 | * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have |
5682 | * support for low-power operation already (flag) |
5683 | * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if |
5684 | * any others are even supported by the device. |
5685 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect |
5686 | * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) |
5687 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed |
5688 | * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) |
5689 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns |
5690 | * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute |
5691 | * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. |
5692 | * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with |
5693 | * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is |
5694 | * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the |
5695 | * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. |
5696 | * |
5697 | * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute |
5698 | * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. |
5699 | * |
5700 | * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based |
5701 | * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed |
5702 | * to the kernel when configuring. |
5703 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be |
5704 | * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported |
5705 | * by the device (flag) |
5706 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if |
5707 | * done by the device) (flag) |
5708 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request |
5709 | * packet (flag) |
5710 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) |
5711 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released |
5712 | * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) |
5713 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains |
5714 | * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame |
5715 | * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN |
5716 | * attribute contains the original length. |
5717 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 |
5718 | * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 |
5719 | * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
5720 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the |
5721 | * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may |
5722 | * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute |
5723 | * contains the original length. |
5724 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 |
5725 | * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 |
5726 | * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
5727 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section |
5728 | * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute |
5729 | * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive |
5730 | * the TCP connection. |
5731 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the |
5732 | * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection |
5733 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the |
5734 | * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established |
5735 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, |
5736 | * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the |
5737 | * service |
5738 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network |
5739 | * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the |
5740 | * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It |
5741 | * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the |
5742 | * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan |
5743 | * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This |
5744 | * attribute is also sent in a response to |
5745 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets |
5746 | * supported by the driver (u32). |
5747 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute |
5748 | * containing an array with information about what triggered the |
5749 | * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means |
5750 | * that the information is not available. If more than one |
5751 | * element is present, it means that more than one match |
5752 | * occurred. |
5753 | * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains |
5754 | * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional |
5755 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of |
5756 | * these attributes must be present. If |
5757 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one |
5758 | * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one |
5759 | * channel. |
5760 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. |
5761 | * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. |
5762 | * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers |
5763 | * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number |
5764 | * |
5765 | * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and |
5766 | * to report the wakeup reason(s). |
5767 | */ |
5768 | enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { |
5769 | __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, |
5770 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, |
5771 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, |
5772 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, |
5773 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, |
5774 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, |
5775 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, |
5776 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, |
5777 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, |
5778 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, |
5779 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, |
5780 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, |
5781 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, |
5782 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, |
5783 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, |
5784 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, |
5785 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, |
5786 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, |
5787 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, |
5788 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, |
5789 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, |
5790 | |
5791 | /* keep last */ |
5792 | NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, |
5793 | MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 |
5794 | }; |
5795 | |
5796 | /** |
5797 | * DOC: TCP connection wakeup |
5798 | * |
5799 | * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a |
5800 | * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If |
5801 | * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given |
5802 | * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data |
5803 | * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. |
5804 | * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence |
5805 | * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also |
5806 | * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive |
5807 | * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. |
5808 | * |
5809 | * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the |
5810 | * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern |
5811 | * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the |
5812 | * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is |
5813 | * also woken up. |
5814 | * |
5815 | * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP |
5816 | * response packets might not go through correctly. |
5817 | */ |
5818 | |
5819 | /** |
5820 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence |
5821 | * @start: starting value |
5822 | * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet |
5823 | * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 |
5824 | * |
5825 | * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the |
5826 | * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet |
5827 | * in little endian. |
5828 | */ |
5829 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { |
5830 | __u32 start, offset, len; |
5831 | }; |
5832 | |
5833 | /** |
5834 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config |
5835 | * @offset: offset of token in packet |
5836 | * @len: length of each token |
5837 | * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must |
5838 | * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense |
5839 | */ |
5840 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { |
5841 | __u32 offset, len; |
5842 | __u8 token_stream[]; |
5843 | }; |
5844 | |
5845 | /** |
5846 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features |
5847 | * @min_len: minimum token length |
5848 | * @max_len: maximum token length |
5849 | * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) |
5850 | */ |
5851 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { |
5852 | __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; |
5853 | }; |
5854 | |
5855 | /** |
5856 | * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters |
5857 | * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
5858 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) |
5859 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address |
5860 | * (in network byte order) |
5861 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because |
5862 | * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, |
5863 | * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it |
5864 | * might require ARP querying. |
5865 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a |
5866 | * socket and port will be allocated |
5867 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) |
5868 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. |
5869 | * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
5870 | * of the data payload. |
5871 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration |
5872 | * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature |
5873 | * advertising it is just a flag |
5874 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, |
5875 | * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see |
5876 | * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. |
5877 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum |
5878 | * interval in feature advertising (u32) |
5879 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a |
5880 | * u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
5881 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for |
5882 | * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
5883 | * but on the TCP payload only. |
5884 | * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes |
5885 | * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number |
5886 | */ |
5887 | enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { |
5888 | __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, |
5889 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, |
5890 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, |
5891 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, |
5892 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, |
5893 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, |
5894 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, |
5895 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, |
5896 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, |
5897 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, |
5898 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, |
5899 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, |
5900 | |
5901 | /* keep last */ |
5902 | NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, |
5903 | MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 |
5904 | }; |
5905 | |
5906 | /** |
5907 | * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information |
5908 | * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported |
5909 | * @pat: packet pattern support information |
5910 | * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
5911 | * |
5912 | * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the |
5913 | * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. |
5914 | */ |
5915 | struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { |
5916 | __u32 max_rules; |
5917 | struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; |
5918 | __u32 max_delay; |
5919 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
5920 | |
5921 | /** |
5922 | * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute |
5923 | * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
5924 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing |
5925 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, |
5926 | * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
5927 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched |
5928 | * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
5929 | * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes |
5930 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number |
5931 | */ |
5932 | enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { |
5933 | __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, |
5934 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, |
5935 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, |
5936 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, |
5937 | |
5938 | /* keep last */ |
5939 | NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
5940 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 |
5941 | }; |
5942 | |
5943 | /** |
5944 | * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions |
5945 | * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns |
5946 | * in a rule are matched. |
5947 | * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns |
5948 | * in a rule are not matched. |
5949 | */ |
5950 | enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { |
5951 | NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, |
5952 | NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH |
5953 | }; |
5954 | |
5955 | /** |
5956 | * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes |
5957 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
5958 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that |
5959 | * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) |
5960 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a |
5961 | * flag attribute for each interface type in this set |
5962 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes |
5963 | * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number |
5964 | */ |
5965 | enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { |
5966 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, |
5967 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, |
5968 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, |
5969 | |
5970 | /* keep last */ |
5971 | NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, |
5972 | MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 |
5973 | }; |
5974 | |
5975 | /** |
5976 | * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes |
5977 | * |
5978 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
5979 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits |
5980 | * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. |
5981 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of |
5982 | * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't |
5983 | * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed |
5984 | * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. |
5985 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that |
5986 | * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for |
5987 | * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt |
5988 | * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. |
5989 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many |
5990 | * different channels may be used within this group. |
5991 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
5992 | * of supported channel widths for radar detection. |
5993 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
5994 | * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. |
5995 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of |
5996 | * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations |
5997 | * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). |
5998 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes |
5999 | * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number |
6000 | * |
6001 | * Examples: |
6002 | * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 |
6003 | * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs |
6004 | * |
6005 | * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, |
6006 | * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd |
6007 | * |
6008 | * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 |
6009 | * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels |
6010 | * |
6011 | * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 |
6012 | * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces |
6013 | * |
6014 | * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained |
6015 | * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate |
6016 | * that any of these groups must match. |
6017 | * |
6018 | * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, |
6019 | * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always |
6020 | * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid |
6021 | * interface type, the following group always exists: |
6022 | * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 |
6023 | */ |
6024 | enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { |
6025 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, |
6026 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, |
6027 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, |
6028 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, |
6029 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, |
6030 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, |
6031 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, |
6032 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, |
6033 | |
6034 | /* keep last */ |
6035 | NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, |
6036 | MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 |
6037 | }; |
6038 | |
6039 | |
6040 | /** |
6041 | * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine |
6042 | * |
6043 | * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit |
6044 | * state of non-existent mesh peer links |
6045 | * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to |
6046 | * this mesh peer |
6047 | * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received |
6048 | * from this mesh peer |
6049 | * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been |
6050 | * received from this mesh peer |
6051 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established |
6052 | * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled |
6053 | * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh |
6054 | * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames |
6055 | * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states |
6056 | * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states |
6057 | */ |
6058 | enum nl80211_plink_state { |
6059 | NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, |
6060 | NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, |
6061 | NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, |
6062 | NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, |
6063 | NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, |
6064 | NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, |
6065 | NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, |
6066 | |
6067 | /* keep last */ |
6068 | NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, |
6069 | MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 |
6070 | }; |
6071 | |
6072 | /** |
6073 | * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers |
6074 | * |
6075 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action |
6076 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment |
6077 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer |
6078 | * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions |
6079 | */ |
6080 | enum plink_actions { |
6081 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, |
6082 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, |
6083 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, |
6084 | |
6085 | NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, |
6086 | }; |
6087 | |
6088 | |
6089 | #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 |
6090 | #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 |
6091 | #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 |
6092 | #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 |
6093 | #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 |
6094 | #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 |
6095 | |
6096 | /** |
6097 | * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload |
6098 | * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
6099 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) |
6100 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) |
6101 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) |
6102 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) |
6103 | * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) |
6104 | * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) |
6105 | */ |
6106 | enum nl80211_rekey_data { |
6107 | __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, |
6108 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, |
6109 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, |
6110 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, |
6111 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, |
6112 | |
6113 | /* keep last */ |
6114 | NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, |
6115 | MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 |
6116 | }; |
6117 | |
6118 | /** |
6119 | * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID |
6120 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in |
6121 | * Beacon frames) |
6122 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element |
6123 | * in Beacon frames |
6124 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID |
6125 | * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID |
6126 | */ |
6127 | enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { |
6128 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, |
6129 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, |
6130 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS |
6131 | }; |
6132 | |
6133 | /** |
6134 | * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes |
6135 | * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
6136 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format |
6137 | * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. |
6138 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same |
6139 | * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). |
6140 | * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal |
6141 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute |
6142 | */ |
6143 | enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { |
6144 | __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, |
6145 | NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, |
6146 | NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, |
6147 | |
6148 | /* keep last */ |
6149 | __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, |
6150 | NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
6151 | }; |
6152 | |
6153 | /** |
6154 | * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates |
6155 | * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
6156 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher |
6157 | * priority) |
6158 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) |
6159 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) |
6160 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes |
6161 | * (internal) |
6162 | * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute |
6163 | * (internal) |
6164 | */ |
6165 | enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { |
6166 | __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, |
6167 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, |
6168 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, |
6169 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, |
6170 | |
6171 | /* keep last */ |
6172 | NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
6173 | MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 |
6174 | }; |
6175 | |
6176 | /** |
6177 | * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION |
6178 | * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request |
6179 | * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link |
6180 | * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established |
6181 | * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link |
6182 | * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link |
6183 | */ |
6184 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation { |
6185 | NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, |
6186 | NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, |
6187 | NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, |
6188 | NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, |
6189 | NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, |
6190 | }; |
6191 | |
6192 | /** |
6193 | * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features |
6194 | * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver |
6195 | * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during |
6196 | * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. |
6197 | */ |
6198 | enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { |
6199 | NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, |
6200 | }; |
6201 | |
6202 | /** |
6203 | * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features |
6204 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back |
6205 | * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the |
6206 | * socket option. |
6207 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. |
6208 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up |
6209 | * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. |
6210 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested |
6211 | * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from |
6212 | * cellular base stations. |
6213 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only |
6214 | * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) |
6215 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of |
6216 | * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station |
6217 | * mode |
6218 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan |
6219 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported |
6220 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif |
6221 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting |
6222 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform |
6223 | * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only |
6224 | * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. |
6225 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window |
6226 | * setting |
6227 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic |
6228 | * powersave |
6229 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state |
6230 | * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver |
6231 | * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding |
6232 | * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated |
6233 | * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag |
6234 | * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply |
6235 | * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized |
6236 | * states using station flags. |
6237 | * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add |
6238 | * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated |
6239 | * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. |
6240 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits |
6241 | * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set |
6242 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh |
6243 | * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for |
6244 | * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is |
6245 | * still generated by the driver. |
6246 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor |
6247 | * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor |
6248 | * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming |
6249 | * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. |
6250 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic |
6251 | * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the |
6252 | * lifetime of a BSS. |
6253 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter |
6254 | * Set IE to probe requests. |
6255 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE |
6256 | * to probe requests. |
6257 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period |
6258 | * requests sent to it by an AP. |
6259 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the |
6260 | * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum |
6261 | * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link |
6262 | * Measurement Report action frame. |
6263 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout |
6264 | * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used |
6265 | * to enable dynack. |
6266 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial |
6267 | * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
6268 | * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. |
6269 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial |
6270 | * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
6271 | * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, |
6272 | * rts/cts handshake. |
6273 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM |
6274 | * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS |
6275 | * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it |
6276 | * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. |
6277 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring |
6278 | * the vif's MAC address upon creation. |
6279 | * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). |
6280 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when |
6281 | * operating as a TDLS peer. |
6282 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
6283 | * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the |
6284 | * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC |
6285 | * address mask/value will be used. |
6286 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports |
6287 | * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled |
6288 | * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
6289 | * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
6290 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
6291 | * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. |
6292 | * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
6293 | * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
6294 | */ |
6295 | enum nl80211_feature_flags { |
6296 | NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, |
6297 | NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, |
6298 | NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, |
6299 | NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, |
6300 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, |
6301 | NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, |
6302 | NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, |
6303 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, |
6304 | NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, |
6305 | NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, |
6306 | NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, |
6307 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, |
6308 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, |
6309 | /* bit 13 is reserved */ |
6310 | NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, |
6311 | NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, |
6312 | NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, |
6313 | NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, |
6314 | NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, |
6315 | NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, |
6316 | NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, |
6317 | NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, |
6318 | NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, |
6319 | NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, |
6320 | NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, |
6321 | NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, |
6322 | NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, |
6323 | NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, |
6324 | NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, |
6325 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, |
6326 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, |
6327 | NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, |
6328 | }; |
6329 | |
6330 | /** |
6331 | * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. |
6332 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. |
6333 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can |
6334 | * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with |
6335 | * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set |
6336 | * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if |
6337 | * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. |
6338 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air |
6339 | * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from |
6340 | * certain groups which can be configured by the |
6341 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, |
6342 | * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the |
6343 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. |
6344 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual |
6345 | * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of |
6346 | * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to |
6347 | * (if available). |
6348 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the |
6349 | * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the |
6350 | * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is |
6351 | * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF |
6352 | * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if |
6353 | * specified). |
6354 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of |
6355 | * channel dwell time. |
6356 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate |
6357 | * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. |
6358 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate |
6359 | * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. |
6360 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate |
6361 | * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. |
6362 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup |
6363 | * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. |
6364 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA |
6365 | * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. |
6366 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports |
6367 | * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. |
6368 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan |
6369 | * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS |
6370 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). |
6371 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the |
6372 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more |
6373 | * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. |
6374 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key |
6375 | * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
6376 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way |
6377 | * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect |
6378 | * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. |
6379 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way |
6380 | * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host |
6381 | * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not |
6382 | * be supported. |
6383 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding |
6384 | * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the |
6385 | * actual dwell time. |
6386 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe |
6387 | * response |
6388 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending |
6389 | * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. |
6390 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports |
6391 | * probe request tx deferral and suppression |
6392 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL |
6393 | * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. |
6394 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. |
6395 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. |
6396 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. |
6397 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. |
6398 | * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, |
6399 | * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, |
6400 | * channel change triggered by radar detection event. |
6401 | * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to |
6402 | * "radar detected" event. |
6403 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and |
6404 | * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. |
6405 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports |
6406 | * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. |
6407 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate |
6408 | * TXQs. |
6409 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the |
6410 | * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. |
6411 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data |
6412 | * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested |
6413 | * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. |
6414 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine |
6415 | * timing measurement responder role. |
6416 | * |
6417 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are |
6418 | * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys |
6419 | * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or |
6420 | * freeze the connection. |
6421 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for |
6422 | * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. |
6423 | * |
6424 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime |
6425 | * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness |
6426 | * scheduling. |
6427 | * |
6428 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching |
6429 | * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. |
6430 | * |
6431 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete |
6432 | * |
6433 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power |
6434 | * to a station. |
6435 | * |
6436 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in |
6437 | * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). |
6438 | * |
6439 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev |
6440 | * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using |
6441 | * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. |
6442 | * |
6443 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) |
6444 | * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission |
6445 | * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. |
6446 | * |
6447 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection |
6448 | * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. |
6449 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon |
6450 | * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. |
6451 | * |
6452 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the |
6453 | * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then |
6454 | * handled as ordinary data frames. |
6455 | * |
6456 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames |
6457 | * |
6458 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations |
6459 | * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. |
6460 | * |
6461 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations |
6462 | * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. |
6463 | * |
6464 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and |
6465 | * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to |
6466 | * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be |
6467 | * included in the scan request. |
6468 | * |
6469 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver |
6470 | * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. |
6471 | * |
6472 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating |
6473 | * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. |
6474 | * |
6475 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way |
6476 | * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP |
6477 | * command). |
6478 | * |
6479 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication |
6480 | * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). |
6481 | * |
6482 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery |
6483 | * frames transmission |
6484 | * |
6485 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports |
6486 | * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission |
6487 | * |
6488 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate |
6489 | * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. |
6490 | * |
6491 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement |
6492 | * exchange protocol. |
6493 | * |
6494 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement |
6495 | * exchange protocol. |
6496 | * |
6497 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management |
6498 | * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the |
6499 | * negotiation and range measurement procedure. |
6500 | * |
6501 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision |
6502 | * detection and change announcemnts. |
6503 | * |
6504 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports |
6505 | * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response |
6506 | * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using |
6507 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. |
6508 | * |
6509 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC |
6510 | * detection. |
6511 | * |
6512 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address |
6513 | * change without having to bring the underlying network device down |
6514 | * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the |
6515 | * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy |
6516 | * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions |
6517 | * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations |
6518 | * in progress, and no active connections. |
6519 | * |
6520 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. |
6521 | * |
6522 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables |
6523 | * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. |
6524 | * |
6525 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA |
6526 | * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer |
6527 | * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
6528 | * |
6529 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE |
6530 | * handling in station mode. |
6531 | * |
6532 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE |
6533 | * handling in AP mode. |
6534 | * |
6535 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or |
6536 | * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent |
6537 | * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 |
6538 | * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to |
6539 | * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. |
6540 | * |
6541 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP |
6542 | * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised |
6543 | * in the RSNXE. |
6544 | * |
6545 | * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. |
6546 | * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. |
6547 | */ |
6548 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { |
6549 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, |
6550 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, |
6551 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, |
6552 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, |
6553 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, |
6554 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, |
6555 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, |
6556 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, |
6557 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, |
6558 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, |
6559 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, |
6560 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, |
6561 | , |
6562 | , |
6563 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, |
6564 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, |
6565 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, |
6566 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, |
6567 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, |
6568 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, |
6569 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, |
6570 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, |
6571 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, |
6572 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, |
6573 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, |
6574 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, |
6575 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, |
6576 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, |
6577 | /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ |
6578 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, |
6579 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, |
6580 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, |
6581 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, |
6582 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, |
6583 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, |
6584 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, |
6585 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, |
6586 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ |
6587 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, |
6588 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, |
6589 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, |
6590 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, |
6591 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, |
6592 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, |
6593 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, |
6594 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, |
6595 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, |
6596 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, |
6597 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, |
6598 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, |
6599 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, |
6600 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, |
6601 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, |
6602 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, |
6603 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, |
6604 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, |
6605 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, |
6606 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, |
6607 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, |
6608 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, |
6609 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, |
6610 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, |
6611 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, |
6612 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, |
6613 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, |
6614 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, |
6615 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, |
6616 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, |
6617 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, |
6618 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, |
6619 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, |
6620 | |
6621 | /* add new features before the definition below */ |
6622 | NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, |
6623 | MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 |
6624 | }; |
6625 | |
6626 | /** |
6627 | * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported |
6628 | * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. |
6629 | * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. |
6630 | * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported |
6631 | * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a |
6632 | * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded |
6633 | * to the host. |
6634 | * |
6635 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 |
6636 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 |
6637 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P |
6638 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u |
6639 | */ |
6640 | enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { |
6641 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, |
6642 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, |
6643 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, |
6644 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, |
6645 | }; |
6646 | |
6647 | /** |
6648 | * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons |
6649 | * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be |
6650 | * handled by the AP is reached. |
6651 | * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. |
6652 | */ |
6653 | enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { |
6654 | NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, |
6655 | NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, |
6656 | }; |
6657 | |
6658 | /** |
6659 | * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons |
6660 | * |
6661 | * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. |
6662 | * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. |
6663 | * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. |
6664 | * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. |
6665 | */ |
6666 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason { |
6667 | NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, |
6668 | NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, |
6669 | NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, |
6670 | NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, |
6671 | }; |
6672 | |
6673 | /** |
6674 | * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags |
6675 | * |
6676 | * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling |
6677 | * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN |
6678 | * requests. |
6679 | * |
6680 | * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and |
6681 | * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only |
6682 | * one of them can be used in the request. |
6683 | * |
6684 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority |
6685 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning |
6686 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured |
6687 | * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is |
6688 | * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames |
6689 | * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only |
6690 | * when really needed |
6691 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or |
6692 | * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the |
6693 | * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and |
6694 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only |
6695 | * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder |
6696 | * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, |
6697 | * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. |
6698 | * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check |
6699 | * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. |
6700 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS |
6701 | * request parameters IE in the probe request |
6702 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses |
6703 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at |
6704 | * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, |
6705 | * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. |
6706 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request |
6707 | * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) |
6708 | * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, |
6709 | * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers |
6710 | * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of |
6711 | * SSID and/or RSSI. |
6712 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to |
6713 | * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the |
6714 | * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver |
6715 | * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get |
6716 | * impacted with this flag. |
6717 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume |
6718 | * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to |
6719 | * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. |
6720 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan |
6721 | * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum |
6722 | * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best |
6723 | * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. |
6724 | * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. |
6725 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe |
6726 | * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being |
6727 | * possible. |
6728 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to |
6729 | * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless |
6730 | * added by userspace explicitly.) |
6731 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with |
6732 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means |
6733 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. |
6734 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by |
6735 | * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the |
6736 | * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses |
6737 | * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz |
6738 | * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, |
6739 | * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of |
6740 | * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that |
6741 | * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag |
6742 | * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be |
6743 | * scanned if the user space has asked for it. |
6744 | */ |
6745 | enum nl80211_scan_flags { |
6746 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, |
6747 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, |
6748 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, |
6749 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, |
6750 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, |
6751 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, |
6752 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, |
6753 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, |
6754 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, |
6755 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, |
6756 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, |
6757 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, |
6758 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, |
6759 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, |
6760 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, |
6761 | }; |
6762 | |
6763 | /** |
6764 | * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy |
6765 | * |
6766 | * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by |
6767 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to |
6768 | * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. |
6769 | * |
6770 | * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are |
6771 | * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed |
6772 | * in ACL to authenticate. |
6773 | * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed |
6774 | * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. |
6775 | */ |
6776 | enum nl80211_acl_policy { |
6777 | NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, |
6778 | NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, |
6779 | }; |
6780 | |
6781 | /** |
6782 | * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode |
6783 | * |
6784 | * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) |
6785 | * |
6786 | * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). |
6787 | * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) |
6788 | * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and |
6789 | * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). |
6790 | */ |
6791 | enum nl80211_smps_mode { |
6792 | NL80211_SMPS_OFF, |
6793 | NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, |
6794 | NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, |
6795 | |
6796 | __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, |
6797 | NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
6798 | }; |
6799 | |
6800 | /** |
6801 | * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation |
6802 | * |
6803 | * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace |
6804 | * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) |
6805 | * |
6806 | * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is |
6807 | * now unusable. |
6808 | * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, |
6809 | * the channel is now available. |
6810 | * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no |
6811 | * change to the channel status. |
6812 | * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is |
6813 | * over, channel becomes usable. |
6814 | * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this |
6815 | * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must |
6816 | * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not |
6817 | * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. |
6818 | * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, |
6819 | * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. |
6820 | */ |
6821 | enum nl80211_radar_event { |
6822 | NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, |
6823 | NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, |
6824 | NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, |
6825 | NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, |
6826 | NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, |
6827 | NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, |
6828 | }; |
6829 | |
6830 | /** |
6831 | * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels |
6832 | * |
6833 | * Channel states used by the DFS code. |
6834 | * |
6835 | * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability |
6836 | * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. |
6837 | * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it |
6838 | * is therefore marked as not available. |
6839 | * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. |
6840 | */ |
6841 | enum nl80211_dfs_state { |
6842 | NL80211_DFS_USABLE, |
6843 | NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, |
6844 | NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, |
6845 | }; |
6846 | |
6847 | /** |
6848 | * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features |
6849 | * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting |
6850 | * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute |
6851 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the |
6852 | * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or |
6853 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. |
6854 | */ |
6855 | enum nl80211_protocol_features { |
6856 | NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, |
6857 | }; |
6858 | |
6859 | /** |
6860 | * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers |
6861 | * |
6862 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. |
6863 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. |
6864 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. |
6865 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. |
6866 | * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. |
6867 | */ |
6868 | enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { |
6869 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, |
6870 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, |
6871 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, |
6872 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, |
6873 | /* add other protocols before this one */ |
6874 | NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO |
6875 | }; |
6876 | |
6877 | /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ |
6878 | #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ |
6879 | |
6880 | /** |
6881 | * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. |
6882 | * |
6883 | * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() |
6884 | * |
6885 | * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. |
6886 | * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload |
6887 | * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that |
6888 | * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace |
6889 | * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). |
6890 | */ |
6891 | enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { |
6892 | NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, |
6893 | NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, |
6894 | }; |
6895 | |
6896 | /* |
6897 | * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set |
6898 | * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated |
6899 | * yet, so that's not valid so far) |
6900 | */ |
6901 | #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 |
6902 | |
6903 | /** |
6904 | * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data |
6905 | * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the |
6906 | * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID |
6907 | * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be |
6908 | * added to this file when needed. |
6909 | * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command |
6910 | */ |
6911 | struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { |
6912 | __u32 vendor_id; |
6913 | __u32 subcmd; |
6914 | }; |
6915 | |
6916 | /** |
6917 | * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. |
6918 | * |
6919 | * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need |
6920 | * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. |
6921 | * |
6922 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. |
6923 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. |
6924 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. |
6925 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. |
6926 | */ |
6927 | enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { |
6928 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, |
6929 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, |
6930 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, |
6931 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, |
6932 | }; |
6933 | |
6934 | /** |
6935 | * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan |
6936 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
6937 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In |
6938 | * seconds (u32). |
6939 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this |
6940 | * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute |
6941 | * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will |
6942 | * make the scan plan meaningless. |
6943 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number |
6944 | * currently defined |
6945 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
6946 | */ |
6947 | enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { |
6948 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, |
6949 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, |
6950 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, |
6951 | |
6952 | /* keep last */ |
6953 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, |
6954 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = |
6955 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
6956 | }; |
6957 | |
6958 | /** |
6959 | * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. |
6960 | * |
6961 | * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value |
6962 | * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. |
6963 | * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. |
6964 | */ |
6965 | struct { |
6966 | __u8 band; |
6967 | __s8 ; |
6968 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
6969 | |
6970 | /** |
6971 | * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. |
6972 | * |
6973 | * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. |
6974 | * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection |
6975 | * is requested. |
6976 | * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS |
6977 | * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. |
6978 | * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver |
6979 | * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of |
6980 | * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). |
6981 | * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for |
6982 | * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
6983 | * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure |
6984 | * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
6985 | * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. |
6986 | * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. |
6987 | * |
6988 | * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT |
6989 | * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour |
6990 | * which the driver shall use. |
6991 | */ |
6992 | enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { |
6993 | __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, |
6994 | , |
6995 | NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, |
6996 | , |
6997 | |
6998 | /* keep last */ |
6999 | __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
7000 | NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
7001 | }; |
7002 | |
7003 | /** |
7004 | * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type |
7005 | * |
7006 | * Defines the function type of a NAN function |
7007 | * |
7008 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish |
7009 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe |
7010 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up |
7011 | */ |
7012 | enum nl80211_nan_function_type { |
7013 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, |
7014 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, |
7015 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, |
7016 | |
7017 | /* keep last */ |
7018 | __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, |
7019 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, |
7020 | }; |
7021 | |
7022 | /** |
7023 | * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type |
7024 | * |
7025 | * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames |
7026 | * |
7027 | * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited |
7028 | * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited |
7029 | */ |
7030 | enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { |
7031 | NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, |
7032 | NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, |
7033 | }; |
7034 | |
7035 | /** |
7036 | * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason |
7037 | * |
7038 | * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function |
7039 | * |
7040 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user |
7041 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout |
7042 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored |
7043 | */ |
7044 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { |
7045 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, |
7046 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, |
7047 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, |
7048 | }; |
7049 | |
7050 | #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 |
7051 | #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff |
7052 | #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff |
7053 | |
7054 | /** |
7055 | * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes |
7056 | * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid |
7057 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). |
7058 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as |
7059 | * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. |
7060 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is |
7061 | * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery |
7062 | * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. |
7063 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited |
7064 | * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to |
7065 | * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. |
7066 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is |
7067 | * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. |
7068 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. |
7069 | * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. |
7070 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type |
7071 | * is follow up. This is a u8. |
7072 | * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. |
7073 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the |
7074 | * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. |
7075 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a |
7076 | * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. |
7077 | * This is a flag. |
7078 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should |
7079 | * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. |
7080 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service |
7081 | * specific info. This is a binary attribute. |
7082 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. |
7083 | * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. |
7084 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested |
7085 | * attribute. It is a list of binary values. |
7086 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a |
7087 | * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. |
7088 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. |
7089 | * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. |
7090 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. |
7091 | * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. |
7092 | * |
7093 | * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal |
7094 | * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute |
7095 | */ |
7096 | enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { |
7097 | __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, |
7098 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, |
7099 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, |
7100 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, |
7101 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, |
7102 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, |
7103 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, |
7104 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, |
7105 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, |
7106 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, |
7107 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, |
7108 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, |
7109 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, |
7110 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, |
7111 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, |
7112 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, |
7113 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, |
7114 | |
7115 | /* keep last */ |
7116 | NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, |
7117 | NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 |
7118 | }; |
7119 | |
7120 | /** |
7121 | * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes |
7122 | * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid |
7123 | * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. |
7124 | * This is a flag. |
7125 | * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if |
7126 | * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. |
7127 | * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if |
7128 | * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. |
7129 | * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if |
7130 | * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested |
7131 | * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. |
7132 | * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal |
7133 | * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute |
7134 | */ |
7135 | enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { |
7136 | __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, |
7137 | NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, |
7138 | NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, |
7139 | NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, |
7140 | NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, |
7141 | |
7142 | /* keep last */ |
7143 | NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, |
7144 | NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, |
7145 | }; |
7146 | |
7147 | /** |
7148 | * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes |
7149 | * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid |
7150 | * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the |
7151 | * match. This is a nested attribute. |
7152 | * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. |
7153 | * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function |
7154 | * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. |
7155 | * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. |
7156 | * |
7157 | * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal |
7158 | * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute |
7159 | */ |
7160 | enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { |
7161 | __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, |
7162 | NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, |
7163 | NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, |
7164 | |
7165 | /* keep last */ |
7166 | NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, |
7167 | NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 |
7168 | }; |
7169 | |
7170 | /** |
7171 | * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external |
7172 | * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. |
7173 | * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. |
7174 | * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. |
7175 | */ |
7176 | enum nl80211_external_auth_action { |
7177 | NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, |
7178 | NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, |
7179 | }; |
7180 | |
7181 | /** |
7182 | * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement |
7183 | * responder attributes |
7184 | * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid |
7185 | * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled |
7186 | * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element |
7187 | * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), |
7188 | * i.e. starting with the measurement token |
7189 | * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element |
7190 | * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), |
7191 | * i.e. starting with the measurement token |
7192 | * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal |
7193 | * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. |
7194 | */ |
7195 | enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { |
7196 | __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, |
7197 | |
7198 | NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, |
7199 | NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, |
7200 | NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, |
7201 | |
7202 | /* keep last */ |
7203 | __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, |
7204 | NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, |
7205 | }; |
7206 | |
7207 | /* |
7208 | * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics |
7209 | * |
7210 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS |
7211 | * when getting FTM responder statistics. |
7212 | * |
7213 | * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
7214 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames |
7215 | * were ssfully answered (u32) |
7216 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the |
7217 | * frames were successfully answered (u32) |
7218 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) |
7219 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) |
7220 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) |
7221 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an |
7222 | * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) |
7223 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - |
7224 | * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation |
7225 | * phase with the responder (u32) |
7226 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests |
7227 | * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled |
7228 | * FTM slot (u32) |
7229 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of |
7230 | * scheduled window (u32) |
7231 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore |
7232 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal |
7233 | * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute |
7234 | */ |
7235 | enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { |
7236 | __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, |
7237 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, |
7238 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, |
7239 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, |
7240 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, |
7241 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, |
7242 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, |
7243 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, |
7244 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, |
7245 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, |
7246 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, |
7247 | |
7248 | /* keep last */ |
7249 | __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, |
7250 | NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
7251 | }; |
7252 | |
7253 | /** |
7254 | * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types |
7255 | * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble |
7256 | * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble |
7257 | * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble |
7258 | * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble |
7259 | * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble |
7260 | */ |
7261 | enum nl80211_preamble { |
7262 | NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, |
7263 | NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, |
7264 | NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, |
7265 | NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, |
7266 | NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, |
7267 | }; |
7268 | |
7269 | /** |
7270 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types |
7271 | * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use |
7272 | * these numbers also for attributes |
7273 | * |
7274 | * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement |
7275 | * |
7276 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal |
7277 | * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number |
7278 | */ |
7279 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { |
7280 | NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, |
7281 | |
7282 | NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, |
7283 | |
7284 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, |
7285 | NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 |
7286 | }; |
7287 | |
7288 | /** |
7289 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status |
7290 | * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully |
7291 | * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused |
7292 | * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out |
7293 | * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent |
7294 | * reason may be available in the response data |
7295 | */ |
7296 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { |
7297 | NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, |
7298 | NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, |
7299 | NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, |
7300 | NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, |
7301 | }; |
7302 | |
7303 | /** |
7304 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes |
7305 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7306 | * |
7307 | * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement |
7308 | * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the |
7309 | * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. |
7310 | * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported |
7311 | * (flag attribute) |
7312 | * |
7313 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal |
7314 | * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7315 | */ |
7316 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { |
7317 | __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, |
7318 | |
7319 | NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, |
7320 | NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, |
7321 | |
7322 | /* keep last */ |
7323 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, |
7324 | NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 |
7325 | }; |
7326 | |
7327 | /** |
7328 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes |
7329 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7330 | * |
7331 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement |
7332 | * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums |
7333 | * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. |
7334 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status |
7335 | * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) |
7336 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the |
7337 | * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to |
7338 | * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) |
7339 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface |
7340 | * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. |
7341 | * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested |
7342 | * (u64, usec) |
7343 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially |
7344 | * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but |
7345 | * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single |
7346 | * result. |
7347 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore |
7348 | * |
7349 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal |
7350 | * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7351 | */ |
7352 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { |
7353 | __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, |
7354 | |
7355 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, |
7356 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, |
7357 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, |
7358 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, |
7359 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, |
7360 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, |
7361 | |
7362 | /* keep last */ |
7363 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, |
7364 | NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 |
7365 | }; |
7366 | |
7367 | /** |
7368 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement |
7369 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7370 | * |
7371 | * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address |
7372 | * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level |
7373 | * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. |
7374 | * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by |
7375 | * measurement type, with attributes from the |
7376 | * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. |
7377 | * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by |
7378 | * measurement type, with attributes from the |
7379 | * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. |
7380 | * |
7381 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal |
7382 | * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7383 | */ |
7384 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { |
7385 | __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, |
7386 | |
7387 | NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, |
7388 | NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, |
7389 | NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, |
7390 | NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, |
7391 | |
7392 | /* keep last */ |
7393 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, |
7394 | NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, |
7395 | }; |
7396 | |
7397 | /** |
7398 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes |
7399 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7400 | * |
7401 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability |
7402 | * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers |
7403 | * measurements can be done with in a single request |
7404 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability |
7405 | * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in |
7406 | * measurement results |
7407 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability |
7408 | * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. |
7409 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, |
7410 | * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and |
7411 | * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums |
7412 | * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. |
7413 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is |
7414 | * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the |
7415 | * sub-attributes taken from |
7416 | * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. |
7417 | * |
7418 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal |
7419 | * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7420 | */ |
7421 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { |
7422 | __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, |
7423 | |
7424 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, |
7425 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, |
7426 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, |
7427 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, |
7428 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, |
7429 | |
7430 | /* keep last */ |
7431 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, |
7432 | NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 |
7433 | }; |
7434 | |
7435 | /** |
7436 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities |
7437 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7438 | * |
7439 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode |
7440 | * is supported |
7441 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP |
7442 | * mode is supported |
7443 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI |
7444 | * data can be requested during the measurement |
7445 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic |
7446 | * location data can be requested during the measurement |
7447 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits |
7448 | * from &enum nl80211_preamble. |
7449 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from |
7450 | * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel |
7451 | * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be |
7452 | * configured to allow for other measurements types with different |
7453 | * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. |
7454 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating |
7455 | * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything |
7456 | * is valid) |
7457 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating |
7458 | * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) |
7459 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if |
7460 | * trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
7461 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating |
7462 | * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported |
7463 | * |
7464 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal |
7465 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7466 | */ |
7467 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { |
7468 | __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, |
7469 | |
7470 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, |
7471 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, |
7472 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, |
7473 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, |
7474 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, |
7475 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, |
7476 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, |
7477 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, |
7478 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, |
7479 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, |
7480 | |
7481 | /* keep last */ |
7482 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, |
7483 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 |
7484 | }; |
7485 | |
7486 | /** |
7487 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes |
7488 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7489 | * |
7490 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) |
7491 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see |
7492 | * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) |
7493 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in |
7494 | * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" |
7495 | * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") |
7496 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units |
7497 | * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) |
7498 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 |
7499 | * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with |
7500 | * default 15 i.e. "no preference") |
7501 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames |
7502 | * requested per burst |
7503 | * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") |
7504 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries |
7505 | * (u8, default 3) |
7506 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) |
7507 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data |
7508 | * (flag) |
7509 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging |
7510 | * measurement (flag). |
7511 | * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are |
7512 | * mutually exclusive. |
7513 | * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor |
7514 | * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based |
7515 | * ranging will be used. |
7516 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based |
7517 | * ranging measurement (flag) |
7518 | * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are |
7519 | * mutually exclusive. |
7520 | * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor |
7521 | * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based |
7522 | * ranging will be used. |
7523 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only |
7524 | * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or |
7525 | * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. |
7526 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the |
7527 | * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED |
7528 | * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. |
7529 | * |
7530 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal |
7531 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7532 | */ |
7533 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { |
7534 | __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, |
7535 | |
7536 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, |
7537 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, |
7538 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, |
7539 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, |
7540 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, |
7541 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, |
7542 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, |
7543 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, |
7544 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, |
7545 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, |
7546 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, |
7547 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, |
7548 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, |
7549 | |
7550 | /* keep last */ |
7551 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, |
7552 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 |
7553 | }; |
7554 | |
7555 | /** |
7556 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons |
7557 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used |
7558 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder |
7559 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement |
7560 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is |
7561 | * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd |
7562 | * try and get no response) |
7563 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM |
7564 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps |
7565 | * received |
7566 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry |
7567 | * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) |
7568 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed |
7569 | * by the peer and are no longer supported |
7570 | */ |
7571 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { |
7572 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, |
7573 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, |
7574 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, |
7575 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, |
7576 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, |
7577 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, |
7578 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, |
7579 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, |
7580 | }; |
7581 | |
7582 | /** |
7583 | * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes |
7584 | * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid |
7585 | * |
7586 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason |
7587 | * (u32, optional) |
7588 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported |
7589 | * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and |
7590 | * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) |
7591 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames |
7592 | * transmitted (u32, optional) |
7593 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames |
7594 | * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) |
7595 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the |
7596 | * busy peer (u32, seconds) |
7597 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent |
7598 | * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) |
7599 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by |
7600 | * the responder (similar to request, u8) |
7601 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used |
7602 | * by the responder (similar to request, u8) |
7603 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action |
7604 | * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) |
7605 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action |
7606 | * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) |
7607 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the |
7608 | * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info |
7609 | * attributes) |
7610 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM |
7611 | * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) |
7612 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional |
7613 | * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) |
7614 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that |
7615 | * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) |
7616 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, |
7617 | * optional) |
7618 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional |
7619 | * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) |
7620 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note |
7621 | * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) |
7622 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) |
7623 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); |
7624 | * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 |
7625 | * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement |
7626 | * Type 8. |
7627 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer |
7628 | * (binary, optional); |
7629 | * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 |
7630 | * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement |
7631 | * Type 11. |
7632 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only |
7633 | * |
7634 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal |
7635 | * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number |
7636 | */ |
7637 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { |
7638 | __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, |
7639 | |
7640 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, |
7641 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, |
7642 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, |
7643 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, |
7644 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, |
7645 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, |
7646 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, |
7647 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, |
7648 | , |
7649 | , |
7650 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, |
7651 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, |
7652 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, |
7653 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, |
7654 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, |
7655 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, |
7656 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, |
7657 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, |
7658 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, |
7659 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, |
7660 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, |
7661 | |
7662 | /* keep last */ |
7663 | NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, |
7664 | NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 |
7665 | }; |
7666 | |
7667 | /** |
7668 | * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes |
7669 | * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid |
7670 | * |
7671 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. |
7672 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. |
7673 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum |
7674 | * tx power offset. |
7675 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color |
7676 | * values used by members of the SRG. |
7677 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial |
7678 | * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. |
7679 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. |
7680 | * |
7681 | * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal |
7682 | * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. |
7683 | */ |
7684 | enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { |
7685 | __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, |
7686 | |
7687 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, |
7688 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, |
7689 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, |
7690 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, |
7691 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, |
7692 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, |
7693 | |
7694 | /* keep last */ |
7695 | __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, |
7696 | NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, |
7697 | }; |
7698 | |
7699 | /** |
7700 | * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes |
7701 | * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid |
7702 | * |
7703 | * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. |
7704 | * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. |
7705 | * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. |
7706 | * |
7707 | * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal |
7708 | * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. |
7709 | */ |
7710 | enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { |
7711 | __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, |
7712 | |
7713 | NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, |
7714 | NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, |
7715 | NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, |
7716 | |
7717 | /* keep last */ |
7718 | __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, |
7719 | NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, |
7720 | }; |
7721 | |
7722 | /** |
7723 | * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes |
7724 | * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid |
7725 | * |
7726 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag |
7727 | * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in |
7728 | * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES |
7729 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported |
7730 | * AKM suites for the specified interface types. |
7731 | * |
7732 | * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal |
7733 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. |
7734 | |
---|